UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

 ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year end     December 31, 2015    

 

or

 TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

F or the transition period from _____________________ to __________________

 

Commission file number 000- 53528

 

 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Pennsylvania

26-3339011

(State of incorporation)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

 

 

One Hundred Gateway Drive, Suite 100

Bethlehem, PA

 

18017

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

 

 

(610) 882-8800

(Issuer’s Telephone Number)

 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

 

None

None

(Title of each class)

(Name of each exchange on which registered)

 

Securities registered under section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:

 

Common Stock, Par Value $1.00 per share

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes [   ]   No [ X ]

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes [   ]   No [   X   ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes [ X ]  No [      ]

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T(§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes [ X ] No [  ]

 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers in response to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K [ X ].

 

 

 

 

 

 




 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

 

Large accelerated filer 

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company) 

Smaller reporting company

 

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 or the Exchange Act.)  Yes    No

 

The aggregate market value of the registrant’s common stock held by non- affiliates at June 30, 2015 , the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter was $54,122,560 .

 

(APPLICABLE ONLY TO CORPORATE REGISTRANTS)

 

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant’s classes of common equity, as of the latest practicable date:

 

 

 

 

COMMON STOCK

 

 

Number of shares outstanding as of March 25, 2016

($1.00 Par Value)

       7, 413,481

 

  (Title Class)

(Outstanding Shares)

 

 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

 

Portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.




 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part I  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 1  

Business                       

4

 

 

Item 1A

Risk Factors

15

 

 

Item 1B

Unresolved Staff Comments

15

 

 

Item 2

Properties

15

 

 

Item 3

Legal Proceedings

15

 

 

Item 4

Mine Safety Disclosures

15

 

 

 

      

 

 

Part II    

 

 

 

 

 

Item 5

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and  

16

 

 

 

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

 

 

Item 6

Selected Financial Data

16

 

 

Item 7

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

17

 

 

Item 7A

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

34

 

 

Item 8

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

34

 

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm     

35

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets     

36

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income     

37

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

38

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity   

39

 

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows    

40

 

 

 

Notes to Financial Statements

41

 

 

Item 9

Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

80

 

 

Item 9A

Controls and Procedures

80

 

 

Item 9B

Other Information

81

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part III  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 10

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

82

 

 

Item 11

Executive Compensation

82

 

 

Item 12

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and  

82

 

 

 

Related Stockholder Matters

 

 

 

Item 13

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

82

 

 

Item 14

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

82

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part IV  

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signatures

86

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

PART I

 

Item 1 . BUSINESS.

 

General

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Pennsylvania corporation organized in 2008 and registered as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company was formed for purposes of acquiring Embassy Bank For The Lehigh Valley (the “Bank”) in connection with the reorganization of the Bank into a bank holding company structure, which was consummated on November 11, 2008. Accordingly, the Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank, giving the organization more flexibility in meeting its capital needs as the Company continues to grow.

 

The Bank, which is the Company’s principal operating subsidiary, was originally incorporated as a Pennsylvania bank on May 11, 2001 and opened its doors on November 6, 2001. It was formed by a group of local business persons and professionals with significant prior experience in community banking in the Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania, the Bank’s primary market area.

 

Mission

 

The Company provides a traditional range of financial products and services to meet the depository and credit needs of individual consumers, small and medium sized businesses and professionals in its market area. As a locally owned and operated community bank, there is a strong focus on service that is highly personalized, efficient and responsive to local needs. It is the intention of the Company to deliver its products and services with the care and professionalism expected of a community bank and with a special dedication to personalized service. To create this environment, the Company employs a well-trained, highly motivated staff, all with previous banking experience, and interested in building quality client relationships using state-of-the-art delivery systems and client service facilities. The Company’s senior management has extensive banking experience. The Company’s goal is to serve the financial needs of its clients and provide a profitable return to its investors, consistent with safe and sound banking practices.     The Company focuses on establishing and retaining customer relationships by offering a broad range of financial services, competitively-priced and delivered in a responsive manner. Correspondent relationships are utilized where it is cost beneficial. The specific objectives of the Company are: 1) to provide individuals, professionals and local businesses with the highest standard of relationship banking in the local market; 2) to attract deposits and loans by offering state of the art products and services with competitive pricing; 3) to provide a reasonable return to shareholders on capital invested; and 4) to attract, train and retain a happy, motivated and team oriented group of banking professionals dedicated to meeting the Company’s objectives.

 

Market “Niche”

 

The Company provides the traditional array of commercial banking products and services emphasizing one-on-one delivery to consumers and businesses located in Lehigh and Northampton Counties in Pennsylvania. In the Company’s primary market area, which is dominated by offices of large statewide, regional and interstate banking institutions, banking services that are furnished in a friendly and courteous manner with a timely response to customer needs fill a “niche” that arises due to the loss of local institutions through merger and acquisitions.

 

Deposits

 

The Company offers small business cash management services to help local companies better manage their cash flow, in order for the Company to attract and retain stable deposit relationships. The expertise and experience of the Company’s management coupled with the latest technology accessed through third party providers enables the Company to maximize the growth of business-related deposits.

 

As for consumers, deposit growth is driven by a variety of factors including, but not limited to, population growth, bank and non-bank competition, increase in household income, interest rates, accessibility of location and the sales efforts of Company personnel. Time deposits can be attracted and/or increased by paying an interest rate higher than

4

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

that offered by competitors, but they are the most costly type of deposit. The most profitable type of deposits are non-interest bearing demand (checking) accounts which can be attracted by offering free checking. However, both high interest rates and free checking accounts generate certain expenses for a bank and the desire to increase deposits must be balanced with the need to be profitable. The deposit services of the Company are generally comprised of demand deposits, savings deposits, money market deposits, time deposits and Individual Retirement Accounts.

 

Loans

 

The loan portfolio of the Company consists primarily of secured fixed-rate and variable-rate loans, with a significant concentration in commercial-purpose transactions and consumer residential mortgage and home equity loans. While most credit facilities are appropriately collateralized, major emphasis is placed upon the financial condition of the borrower and evaluating the borrower’s cash flow versus debt service requirements. The Company has an experienced lending team. The Company believes that the familiarity of its experienced management team and members of the Company’s Loan Committee with prospective local borrowers enables the Company to better evaluate the character, integrity and creditworthiness of the prospective borrowers.

 

Loan growth is driven by customer demand, which in turn is influenced by individual and business indebtedness and consumer demand for goods. The Company’s loan officers call upon accountants, financial planners, attorneys, local realtors and others to generate loan referrals. A performing loan is a loan which is being repaid according to its original terms and is the most desirable type of loan that a bank seeks to make. Again, a balancing act is required for the Company inasmuch as loaning money will always entail some risk. Without loaning money, however, a bank cannot generate enough earnings to be profitable. The risk involved in each loan must, therefore, be carefully evaluated before the loan is made. The interest rate at which the loan is made should always reflect the risk factors involved, including the term of the loan, the value of collateral, if any, the reliability of the projected source of repayment and the amount of the loan requested. Credit quality will always be the Company’s most important factor.

 

The Company has not been involved in any “sub-prime” mortgage lending and has not purchased or invested in any securities backed by or which include sub-prime loans.

 

Business Lending

 

The Company is generally targeting businesses with annual revenues of less than $10 million. These customers tend to be ignored by the larger institutions and have felt the most negative effects of the recent bank consolidations. The Company offers responsiveness, flexibility and local decision making for loan applications of small business owners thereby eliminating delays caused by non-local management. The Company participates in l ocal, state and federal loan programs .

 

Consumer Lending

 

The Company offers its retail customer base a product line of consumer loan services including mortgage loans, secured home equity loans, lines of credit, auto loans, and to a much lesser extent, unsecured personal loans.

 

Residential Mortgage Loans

 

The Company offers a range of specialty home equity and mortgage products at competitive rates. The Company seeks to capitalize on its policy of closing loans in a time frame that will meet the needs of its borrowers. 

 

Commercial Mortgage/Construction Loans

 

The Company originates various types of loans secured by real estate, including, to a limited extent, construction loans. Construction loans are generally priced at floating rates tied to current market rates. Upon completion of construction, these loans may be converted into permanent commercial and residential loans. Construction lending is expected to constitute a minor portion of the Company’s loan portfolio.

 

5

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

In some cases, the Company originates loans larger than its lending limit and enters into participation arrangements for those loans with other banks.

 

As an independent community bank, the Company serves the special needs of legal, medical, accounting, financial service providers and other professionals. C ommercial mortgages, lines of credit, term loans and demand loans are tailored to meet the needs of the Company’s customers in the professional community. In addition to the usual criteria for pricing credit-related products, the Company takes into consideration the overall customer relationship to establish credit pricing. Deposit relationships in demand, savings, money market, and certificate accounts are considered in loan pricing along with the credit worthiness of the borrower.

 

Other Services

 

To further attract and retain customer relationships, the Company provides or will provide the standard array of financial services expected of a community bank, which include the following:

 

 

 

Treasurer Checks

Remote Deposit Capture

Certified Checks

Mobile Banking

Gift Cards

Night Depository Services

Wire Transfers

Bond Coupon Redemptions

Savings Bond Redemptions

Bank by Mail

Credit/Debit Card Merchant Processing

Automated Teller Machines

Direct Deposit/ACH Services

On-Line Banking and Bill Pay

Cash Management Services

Commercial Credit Cards

Escrow Management Services

Safe Deposit Boxes

ATM and Debit Cards

 

Fee Income

 

Fee income is non-interest related. The Company earns fee income by charging customers for banking services, credit card and merchant processing, treasurer’s checks, overdrafts, wire transfers, bond coupon redemptions, and check orders, as well as other deposit and loan related fees.

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

The Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”) is designed to create a system for bank regulatory agencies to evaluate a depository institution’s record in meeting the credit needs of its community. The Company had its last CRA examination in 201 5 and received a “satisfactory” rating.

 

The Company’s Directors and Officers are committed to reaching out to the community in which they live and work. The personal, business and community rewards for helping local residents and businesses are numerous. The Board is dedicated to recognizing an ongoing commitment and understanding of the Company’s responsibility under the CRA. The Company is committed to providing access to credit and deposit products for all members of the communities that it serves.

 

Service Area

 

The Company draws its primary deposits and business from areas immediately surrounding its principal office in Hanover Township, Pennsylvania and its branch offices in South Whitehall Township, Lower Macungie Township, the City of Bethlehem, Salisbury Township, Lower Saucon Township, Lower Nazareth Township and Borough of Nazareth, Pennsylvania, as well as the remainder of Lehigh and Northampton Counties in Pennsylvania.

6

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Bank Premises

 

The Company leases each of its bank operations premises, situated at the following locations:

 

1.

Hanover Township, Northampton County

2.

South Whitehall Township, Lehigh County

3.

Salisbury Township, Lehigh County

4.

Lower Macungie Township, Lehigh County

5.

City of Bethlehem, Lehigh County

6.

Lower Saucon Township, Northampton County

7.

Lower Nazareth Township, Northampton County

8.

Borough of Nazareth, Northampton County

 

The Company pays certain additional expenses of occupying these spaces including, but not necessarily limited to, real estate taxes, insurance, utilities and repairs. The Company is obligated under the leases to maintain the premises in good order, condition and repair.

 

Employees

 

As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had a total of 76 full-time equivalent employees.

 

Competition

 

The banking business is highly competitive. The Company competes with local banks as well as numerous regionally based commercial banks, most of which have assets, capital and lending limits far larger than those of the Company. The Company also competes with savings banks, savings and loan associations, money market funds, insurance companies, stock brokerage firms, regulated small loan companies, credit unions and with the issuers of commercial paper and other securities. The industry competes primarily in the area of interest rates, products offered, customer service and convenience.

 

Among the advantages many of the Company’s competitors have over the Company are larger asset and capital bases, the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate their investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand. Larger companies have market presence in the form of more branch offices. The Company’s growth in number of offices has improved its ability to compete in the market. The Company believes it is able to compete with the market in terms of interest rate and level of customer service, as reflected in growth in market share. Many competitors offer certain services such as trust services, investment services and international banking that are not offered directly by the Company and, by virtue of their greater capital, most competitors will have substantially higher lending limits than those of the Company.

 

Segments

 

The Company acts as an independent community financial services provider and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual, business and government customers. The Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including the taking of time, savings and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer, residential mortgage and home equity loans; and the providing of other financial services.

 

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between commercial and retail operations of the Company. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.

 

Seasonality

 

Management does not feel that the deposits, loans, or the business of the Company are seasonal in nature. Deposit and loan generation may, however, vary with local and national economic and market conditions, but should not have a material effect on planning and policy making.

7

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Supervision and Regulation

 

The Company is subject to extensive regulation under federal and Pennsylvania banking laws, regulations and policies, including prescribed standards relating to capital, earnings, dividends, the repurchase or redemption of shares, loans or extensions of credit to affiliates and insiders, internal controls, information systems, internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, asset growth, impaired assets and loan-to-value ratios. The B ank regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, federal deposit insurance funds and the banking systems as a whole, and not for the protection of security holders.

 

The following summary sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their bank subsidiaries and provides certain specific information about the Company and the Bank. It does not describe all of the provisions of the statutes, regulations and policies that are identified. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by express reference to each of the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the business of the Company.

   

Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act

 

As a result of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), which became law on July 21, 2010, there is additional regulatory oversight and supervision of the Company and the Bank.  The Dodd-Frank Act significantly changed the regulation of financial institutions and the financial services industry.  The Dodd-Frank Act includes, and the regulations being developed thereunder will include, provisions affecting large and small financial institutions alike, including several provisions that affect the regulations of community banks and bank holding companies.

The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, imposed new capital requirements on bank holding companies; changed the base for FDIC insurance assessments to a bank’s average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity, rather than upon its deposit base; permanently raised the current standard deposit insurance limit to $250,000; and expanded the FDIC’s authority to raise insurance premiums.  The legislation also calls for the FDIC to raise its ratio of reserves to deposits from 1.15% to 1.35% for deposit insurance purposes by September 30, 2020 and to “offset the effect” of increased assessments on insured depository institutions with assets of less than $10 billion.

The Dodd-Frank Act also includes provisions that affect corporate governance and executive compensation at all publicly-traded companies and allows financial institutions to pay interest on business checking accounts.  The legislation also restricts proprietary trading, places restrictions on the owning or sponsoring of hedge and private equity funds, and regulates the derivatives activities of banks and their affiliates.  The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes the Financial Stability Oversight Council to identify threats to the financial stability of the U.S., promote market discipline, and respond to emerging threats to the stability of the U.S. financial system.

Consumer Financial Protection Bureau

The Dodd-Frank Act also establishes the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as an independent entity within the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the “Federal Reserve Board”). The CFPB has broad rulemaking, supervisory and enforcement authority over consumer financial products and services, including deposit products, residential mortgages, home-equity loans and credit cards. The CFPB’s rules contain provisions on mortgage-related matters such as steering incentives, and determinations as to a borrower’s ability to repay, loan servicing, and prepayment penalties.

On January 10, 2013, the CFPB issued a final regulation defining a “qualified mortgage” for purposes of the Dodd-Frank Act, and setting standards for mortgage lenders to determine whether a consumer has the ability to repay the mortgage. This regulation, which became effective on January 10, 2014, also affords safe harbor legal protections for lenders making qualified loans that are not “higher priced.” On January 17, 2013, the CFPB issued a final regulation containing new mortgage servicing rules applicable to our bank subsidiary, which took effect on January 10, 2014. The announced goal of the CFPB is to bring greater consumer protection to the mortgage servicing market. These changes affect notices to be given to consumers as to delinquency, foreclosure alternatives, modification applications,

8

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

interest rate adjustments and options for avoiding “force-placed” insurance. Servicers are prohibited from processing foreclosures when a loan modification is pending, and must wait until a loan is more than 120 days delinquent before initiating a foreclosure action.

The servicer must provide direct and ongoing access to its personnel, and provide prompt review of any loss mitigation application. Servicers must maintain accurate and accessible mortgage records for the life of a loan and until one year after the loan is paid off or transferred. We expect these new standards to add to the cost of conducting our mortgage servicing business.

Capital Adequacy

In July 2013, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve approved a new rule that will substantially amend the regulatory risk based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The new minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. In January 2016 ,  t he new capital conservation buffer requirement started being phased in at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

   

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the federal banking regulators established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for those bank holding companies which have the highest regulatory examination ratings and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.

 

The capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized” under the new capital rules are: common equity of 6.5%, Tier 1 leverage of 5%, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 8%, and Total Risk-Based capital of 10%.

   

At December 31, 201 5 , the Company qualified as “well-capitalized” under the foregoing regulatory capital standards.  See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

 

Federal Deposit Insurance (“FDI”) Act and Part 363 of the FDIC Regulations

 

Section 36 of the FDI Act and Part 363 of the FDIC's regulations, as amended, require insured depository institutions with at least $500 million in total assets to file a Part 363 Annual Report with the applicable bank regulatory agencies, which, among other things, requires that the Company establish and mainta in an effective inte rnal control structure over financial reporting and provide an assessment by management of the institution's compliance with the designated laws and regulations pertaining to insider loans and dividend restrictions.

 

Bank Holding Company Regulation

 

As a bank holding company, the Company is subject to regulation and examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities (the “Pennsylvania Department of Banking”) and the Federal Reserve Board.  The Company is required to file with the Federal Reserve Board an annual report and such additional information as the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The BHC Act requires each bank holding company to obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board before it may acquire substantially all the assets of any bank, or before it may acquire ownership or control of any voting

9

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

shares of any bank if, after such acquisition, it would own or control, directly or indirectly, more than five percent of the voting shares of such bank. Such a transaction may also require approval of the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. Pennsylvania law permits Pennsylvania bank holding companies to control an unlimited number of banks.

 

Pursuant to provisions of the BHC Act and regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board thereunder, the Company may only engage in or own companies that engage in activities deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to the business of banking or managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto, and the holding company must obtain permission from the Federal Reserve Board prior to engaging in most new business activities.

 

A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the BHC Act on any extensions of credit to the bank or any of its subsidiaries, investments in the stock or securities thereof, and on the taking of such stock or securities as collateral for loans to any borrower. A bank holding company and its subsidiaries are also prevented from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit, lease or sale of property or furnishing of services.

 

Under the Dodd-Frank Act and Federal Reserve Board regulations, a bank holding company is required to serve as a source of financial and managerial strength to its subsidiary banks and may not conduct its operations in an unsafe or unsound manner.  In addition, in serving as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks, a bank holding company should stand ready to use available resources to provide adequate capital funds to its subsidiary banks during periods of financial stress or adversity and should maintain the financial flexibility and capital-raising capacity to obtain additional resources for assisting its subsidiary banks. A bank holding company’s failure to meet its obligations to serve as a source of strength to its subsidiary banks will generally be considered by the Federal Reserve Board to be an unsafe and unsound banking practice or a violation of the Federal Reserve Board regulations or both. This doctrine is commonly known as the “source of strength” doctrine.

 

Regulation of Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley

 

Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley is a Pennsylvania-chartered banking institution and is subject to regulation, supervision and regular examination by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and Securities and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”). Federal and state banking laws and regulations govern, among other things, the scope of a bank’s business, the investments a bank may make, the reserves against deposits a bank must maintain, the loans a bank makes and collateral it takes, the maximum interest rates a bank may pay on deposits, the activities of a bank with respect to mergers and consolidations, and the establishment of branches, and management practices and other aspects of banking operations.

10

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Dividend Restrictions

 

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank. Declaration and payment of cash dividends depends upon cash dividend payments to the Company by the Bank, which is the Company’s primary source of revenue and cash flow. Accordingly, the right of the Company, and consequently the right of our creditors and shareholders, to participate in any distribution of the assets or earnings of any subsidiary is necessarily subject to the prior claims of creditors of the subsidiary, except to the extent that claims of the Company in its capacity as a creditor may be recognized.

 

As a Pennsylvania chartered bank, the Bank is subject to regulatory restrictions on the payment and amounts of dividends under the Pennsylvania Banking Code. Further, the ability of banking subsidiaries to pay dividends is also subject to their profitability, financial condition, capital expenditures and other cash flow requirements. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included at Item 8 of this Report.

 

The payment of dividends by the Bank and the Company may also be affected by other factors, such as the requirement to maintain adequate capital above regulatory guidelines. The federal banking agencies have indicated that paying dividends that deplete a depository institution’s capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsafe and unsound banking practice. Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991, a depository institution may not pay any dividend if payment would cause it to become undercapitalized or if it already is undercapitalized. Moreover, the federal agencies have issued policy statements that provide that bank holding companies and insured banks should generally only pay dividends out of current operating earnings. Federal banking regulators have the authority to prohibit banks and bank holding companies from paying a dividend if the regulators deem such payment to be an unsafe or unsound practice.

 

Capital Adequacy and Operations

 

Enacted in 1991, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act of 1991 (“FDICIA”) contains provisions limiting activities and business methods of depository institutions. FDICIA required the primary federal banking regulators to promulgate regulations setting forth standards relating to, among other things, internal controls and audit systems; credit underwriting and loan documentation; interest rate exposure and other off-balance sheet assets and liabilities; and compensation of directors and officers. FDICIA also provided for expanded regulation of depository institutions and their affiliates, including parent holding companies, by such institutions’ primary federal banking regulator. Each primary federal banking regulator is required to specify, by regulation, capital standards for measuring the capital adequacy of the depository institutions it supervises and, depending upon the extent to which a depository institution does not meet such capital adequacy measures, the primary federal banking regulator may prohibit such institution from paying dividends or may require such institution to take other steps to become adequately capitalized.

 

FDICIA established five capital tiers, ranging from “well capitalized” to “critically under-capitalized”. A depository institution is well capitalized if it significantly exceeds the minimum level required by regulation for each relevant capital measure. Under FDICIA, an institution that is not well capitalized is generally prohibited from accepting brokered deposits and offering interest rates on deposits higher than the prevailing rate in its market; in addition, “pass through” insurance coverage may not be available for certain employee benefit accounts. FDICIA also requires an undercapitalized depository institution to submit an acceptable capital restoration plan to the appropriate federal bank regulatory agency. One requisite element of such a plan is that the institution’s parent holding company must guarantee compliance by the institution with the plan, subject to certain limitations. In the event of the parent holding company’s bankruptcy, the guarantee, and any other commitments that the parent holding company has made to federal bank regulators to maintain the capital of its depository institution subsidiaries, would be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to priority in payment.

 

At December 31, 2015 , the Bank qualified as “well capitalized” under these regulatory capital standards. See Note 16 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included at Item 8 of this Report.

 

11

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Community Reinvestment Act

 

Under the Community Reinvestment Act of 1977 (“CRA”), the FDIC is required to assess the record of all financial institutions regulated by it to determine if these institutions are meeting the credit needs of the community (including low and moderate income neighborhoods) which they serve. CRA performance evaluations are based on a four-tiered rating system: Outstanding, Satisfactory, Needs to Improve and Substantial Noncompliance. CRA performance evaluations are considered in evaluating applications for such things as mergers, acquisitions and applications to open branches. The Bank has a current CRA rating of “Satisfactory.”

   

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates and Insiders

 

The Bank also is subject to the restrictions of Sections 23A, 23B, 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O adopted by the Federal Reserve Board. Section 23A requires that loans or extensions of credit to an affiliate, purchases of securities issued by an affiliate, purchases of assets from an affiliate (except as may be exempted by order or regulation), the acceptance of securities issued by an affiliate as collateral and the issuance of a guarantee or acceptance of letters of credit on behalf of an affiliate (collectively, “Covered Transactions”) be on terms and conditions consistent with safe and sound banking practices. Section 23A also imposes quantitative restrictions on the amount of and collateralization requirements on such transactions. Section 23B requires that all Covered Transactions and certain other transactions, including the sale of securities or other assets to an affiliate and the payment of money or the furnishing of services to an affiliate, be on terms comparable to those prevailing for similar transactions with non-affiliates.

 

Section 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act impose similar limitations on loans and extensions of credit from the bank to its executive officers, directors and principal shareholders and any of their related interests. The limitations restrict the terms and aggregate amount of such transactions. Regulation O implements the provisions of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) and requires maintenance of records of such transactions by the bank and regular reporting of such transactions by insiders. The FDIC also requires the bank, upon request, to disclose publicly loans and extensions of credit to insiders in excess of certain amounts.

 

Deposit Insurance and Premiums

 

The deposits of the Bank are insured up to applicable limits per insured depositor by the FDIC. In October 2008, the FDIC increased FDIC deposit insurance coverage per separately insured depositor for all account types to $250,000. While initially stipulated to be in effect through December 31, 2009, this increase has been subsequently extended permanently through the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

As a FDIC member institution, the Bank’s deposits are insured to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) that is administered by the FDIC and each institution is required to pay semi-annual deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.

 

The Deposit Insurance Funds Act of 1996 recapitalized the Savings Association Insurance Fund (“SAIF”) and provided that DIF deposits would be subject to one-fifth of the assessment to which SAIF deposits are subject for FICO bond pay ments. Beginning in 2000, DIF deposits and SAIF deposits were subject to the same assessment for FICO bonds. The FICO assessment for the Bank for 2015 was $0.01 for each $100 of DIF deposits.

 

In February 2011, the FDIC adopted final rules to implement changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act with respect to the FDIC assessment rules.  In particular, the definition of an institution’s deposit insurance assessment base changed from total deposits to total assets less tangible equity.  In addition, the FDIC decreased deposit insurance assessment rates, effective April 1, 2011.  The revised initial base assessment rates range from 5 to 9 basis points for Risk Category I banks to 35 basis points for risk category IV banks.  Risk Category II and III banks will have an initial base assessment rate of 14 or 23 basis points, respectively.  The revised rates and assessment base had a positive effect by lowering the FDIC insurance assessment rate paid by the Bank.  However, if the risk category of the Bank changes adversely, FDIC insurance premiums paid by the Bank could increase.

12

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Other Federal Laws and Regulations

 

State usury and credit laws limit the amount of interest and various other charges collected or contracted by a bank on loans. The Bank’s loans are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the following:

 

 

·

Federal Truth-In-Lending Act, which governs disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;

·

Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligations to meet the housing needs of the community it serves;

·

Equal Credit Opportunity Act prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibitive factors in extending credit;

·

Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, which requires lenders t o disclose certain information regarding the nature and cost of real estate settlements, and prohibits certain lending practices, as well as limits escrow account amounts in real estate transactions;

·

Fair Credit Reporting Act governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies; and

·

Various rules and regulations of various federal agencies charged with the implementation of such federal laws.

 

Additionally, the Company’s operations are subject to additional federal laws and regulations applicable to financial institutions, including, without limitation:

 

·

Privacy provisions of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act and related regulations, which require the Company to maintain privacy policies intended to safeguard customer financial information, to disclose the policies to the Company’s customers and to allow customers to “opt out” of having their financial service providers disclose their confidential financial information to non-affiliated third parties, subject to certain exceptions;

·

Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;

·

Consumer protection rules for the sale of insurance products by depository institutions, adopted pursuant to the requirements of the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act; and

·

USA Patriot Act, which requires financial institutions to take certain actions to help prevent, detect and prosecute international money laundering and the financing of terrorism.

 

Effective July 1, 2010, a new federal banking rule under the Electronic Fund Transfer Act prohibited financial institutions from charging consumers fees for paying overdrafts on automated teller machines (“ATM”) and one-time debit card transactions, unless a consumer consents, or opts in, to the overdraft service for those type of transactions. If a consumer does not opt in, any ATM transaction or debit that overdraws the consumer’s account will be denied. Overdrafts on the payment of checks and regular electronic bill payments are not covered by this new rule. Before opting in, the consumer must be provided a notice that explains the financial institution’s overdraft services, including the fees associated with the service, and the consumer’s choices. Financial institutions must provide consumers who do not opt in with the same account terms, conditions and features (including pricing) that they provide to consumers who do opt in.  The Company did not charge customers for these transactions, nor provide these types of services.

 

Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

Enacted in 2002, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act represented a comprehensive revision of laws affecting corporate governance, accounting obligations and corporate reporting.  The Sarbanes-Oxley Act is applicable to all companies with equity securities registered or that file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, including publicly held bank holding companies such as the Company. In particular, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act establishes: (i) requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise, and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the reporting company; (iii) standards for a uditors and regulation of audits; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and its directors and executive officers; and (v) new and increased civil and criminal penalties for violations of the securities laws. 

13

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Governmental Policies

 

The Company’s earnings are significantly affected by the monetary and fiscal policies of governmental authorities, including the Federal Reserve Board. Among the instruments of monetary policy used by the Federal Reserve Board to implement these objectives are open-market operations in U.S. Government securities and federal funds, changes in the discount rate on member bank borrowing s and changes in reserve requirements against member bank deposits. These instruments of monetary policy are used in varying combinations to influence the overall level of bank loans, investments and deposits, and the interest rates charged on loans and paid for deposits. The Federal Reserve Board frequently uses these instruments of monetary policy, especially its open-market operations and the discount rate, to influence the level of interest rates and to affect the strength of the economy, the level of inflation or the price of the dollar in foreign exchange markets. The monetary policies of the Federal Reserve Board have had a significant effect on the operating results of banking institutions in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. It is not possible to predict the nature of future changes in monetary and fiscal policies, or the effect which they may have on the Company’s business and earnings.

   

Other Legislative Initiatives

 

Proposals may be introduced in the United States Congress and in the Pennsylvania Legislature and before various bank regulatory authorities which would alter the powers of, and restrictions on, different types of banking organizations and which would restructure part or all of the existing regulatory framework for banks, bank holding companies and other providers of financial services. Moreover, other bills may be introduced in Congress which would further regulate, deregulate or restructure the financial services industry, including proposals to substantially reform the regulatory framework. It is not possible to predict whether these or any other proposals will be enacted into law or, even if enacted, the effect which they may have on the Company’s business and earnings.

 

Forward-looking Statements

 

This report contains forward-looking statements, including statements of goals, intentions, and expectations as to future trends, plans, events or results of Company operations and policies and regarding general economic conditions. These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for forward-looking statements provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.  These statements are based upon current and anticipated economic conditions, nationally and in the Company’s market, interest rates and interest rate policy, competitive factors and other conditions that, by their nature, are not susceptible to accurate forecast, and are subject to significant uncertainty.

 

Such forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “believes”, “expects”, “may”, “intends”, “will”, “should”, “anticipates”, or the negative of any of the foregoing or other variations thereon or comparable terminology, or by discussion of strategy.

 

No assurance can be given that the future results covered by forward-looking statements will be achieved. Such statements are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. Important factors that could impact the Company’s operating results include, but are not limited to, (i) the effects of changing economic conditions in the Company’s market areas and nationally, (ii) credit risks of commercial, real estate, consumer and other lending activities, (iii) significant changes in interest rates, (iv) changes in federal and state banking laws and regulations which could impact the Company’s operations, and (v) other external developments which could materially affect the Company’s business and operations.

14

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

 

    Not required of a smaller reporting company.

 

Item 1B . Unresolved Staff Comments.

 

    None.

 

Item 2 . PROPERTIES.

 

    The Company, through the Bank, occupies eight full-service banking offices in the Lehigh Valley:

 

· Hanover Township, Northampton County (includes administrative offices)

· South Whitehall Township, Lehigh County

· Salisbury Township, Lehigh County

· Lower Macungie Township, Lehigh County

· City of Bethlehem, Lehigh County

· Lower Saucon Township, Northampton County

·   Lower Nazareth Township, Northampton County

·   Borough of Nazareth , Northampton County

 

All properties are leased.

 

Item 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

 

The Company and the Bank are an occasional party to legal actions arising in the ordinary course of its business. In the opinion of management, the Company has adequate legal defenses and/or insurance coverage respecting any and each of these actions and does not believe that they will materially affect the Company’s operations or financial position.

 

Item 4 . MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

 

Not applicable.

 

15

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

PART II

 

Item 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES.

(a) Shares of Company common stock are traded over-the-counter and in privately negotiated transactions. The Company’s common stock is not listed on any national securities exchange.

Trades in Company common stock made by certain brokerage firms are reported on the OTCQX Market Tier of the OTC Markets under the symbol “EMYB”. The following table reflects high and low bid prices for shares of the Company’s common stock for the periods indicated, based upon information derived from www.otcmarkets.com.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

High

 

Low

 

High

 

Low

 

 

First Quarter

 

$

10.85 

 

$

10.21 

 

$

8.20 

 

$

7.45 

 

 

Second Quarter

 

$

10.85 

 

$

10.30 

 

$

8.99 

 

$

7.84 

 

 

Third Quarter

 

$

10.92 

 

$

10.50 

 

$

9.00 

 

$

8.65 

 

 

Fourth Quarter

 

$

11.11 

 

$

10.45 

 

$

10.80 

 

$

8.82 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The above quotations may not reflect inter-dealer prices and should not be considered over-the-counter market quotations as that term is customarily used.

 

(b) As of March 25, 2016, there are approximately 997 owners of record of the common stock of the Company.

 

(c) On September 30, 2015, the Company paid $736,687, or $0.10 per share, in an annual cash dividend on its common stock. On September 30, 2014, the Company paid $440,026, or $0.06 per share, in an annual cash dividend on its common stock.  As a general matter, cash available for dividend distribution to shareholders of the Company may come from dividends paid to the Company by the Bank, depending upon existing cash levels at the Company.  See “Supervision and Regulation – Dividend Restrictions” in Item 1 of this report for a description of restrictions that may limit the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock.

 

(d) The following table sets forth information about options outstanding under the Company’s Stock Incentive Plan, as of December 31, 2015 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

to be issued upon exercise of

outstanding options

Weighted average

exercise price of

outstanding options

Number of Shares

remaining available

for future issuance

Equity Compensation Plans and

Individual Employment Agreements

112,016

$      7.14

328,144

(e) Sales of Securities.

None.

(f) Repurchase of Equity Securities.

None.

 

Item 6 . Selected Financial Data.

 

Not required of a smaller reporting company.

16

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Item 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

This discussion and analysis provides an overview of the consolidated financial condition and results of operations of the Company for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . This discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this report.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Note 1 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements lists significant accounting policies used in the development and presentation of its financial statements. This discussion and analysis, the significant accounting policies, and other financial statement disclosures identify and address key variables and other qualitative and quantitative factors that are necessary for an understanding and evaluation of the Company and its results of operations.

 

The consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, which require the Company to make estimates and assumptions. The Company believes that its determination of the allowance for loan losses and the valuation of deferred tax assets involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity than the Company’s other significant accounting policies. Further, these estimates can be materially impacted by changes in market conditions or the actual or perceived financial condition of the Company’s borrowers, subjecting the Company to significant volatility of earnings.

 

The allowance for loan losses is established through the provision for loan losses, which is a charge against earnings. Provision for loan losses is made to reserve for estimated probable losses on loans. The allowance for loan losses is a significant estimate and is regularly evaluated by the Company for adequacy by taking into consideration factors such as changes in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, trends in actual and forecasted credit quality, including delinquency, charge-off and bankruptcy rates, and current economic conditions that may affect a borrower’s ability to pay. The use of different estimates of assumptions could produce different provision for loan losses. For additional discussion concerning the Company’s allowance for loan losses and related matters, see “Provision for Loan Losses” and “Allowance for Loan Losses.”

   

Real estate acquired through foreclosure, or deed-in-lieu of foreclosure is recorded at fair value less estimated selling costs at the date of acquisition or transfer, and subsequently at the lower of its new cost or fair value less estimated selling costs.  Adjustments to the carrying value at the date of acquisition or transfer are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  The carrying value of the individual properties is subsequently adjusted to the extent it exceeds estimated fair value less the estimated selling costs, at which time a provision for loan losses on such real estate is charged to operations.  Appraisals are critical in determining the value of properties.  Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly affect the valuation of a property.  The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable.

 

Deferred taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carryforwards and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuations allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

17

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

GENERAL

 

The Company is a Pennsylvania corporation organized in 2008 and registered as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act). The Company was formed for purposes of acquiring Embassy Bank For The Lehigh Valley (the “Bank”) in connection with the reorganization of the Bank into a bank holding company structure, which was consummated on November 11, 2008. Accordingly, the Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank, giving the organization more flexibility in meeting its capital needs as the Company continues to grow.

 

The Bank, which is the Company’s primary operating subsidiary, was originally incorporated as a Pennsylvania bank on May 11, 2001 and opened its doors on November 6, 2001. It was formed by a group of local business persons and professionals with significant prior experience in community banking in the Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania, the Bank’s primary market area.

 

OVERVIEW

 

The Company’s assets grew $84.9 million from $719.1 million at December 31, 2014 to $804.0 million at December 31, 2015 . The Company’s deposits grew $48.6 million from $611.7 million at December 31, 2014 to $660.3 million at December 31, 2015 . During the same period, loans receivable, net of the allowance for loan losses, increased $79.0 million to $684.0 million at December 31, 2015 from $605.0 million at December 31, 2014 . The market is very competitive and the Company is committed to maintaining a high quality portfolio that returns a reasonable market rate. The Company expects increased lending activity, as the Company expands its presence in the market and continues to become more widely known.  The past and current economic conditions have created lower demand for loans by credit-worthy customers.  The lending staff has been active in contacting new prospects and promoting the Company’s name in the community. Management believes that this will translate into continued growth of a portfolio of quality loans and core deposit relationships, although there can be no assurance of this. The Company continues to monitor interest rate exposure of its interest bearing assets and liabilities and believes that it is well positioned for any future market rate adjustments.

 

The Company reported net income of $7.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to net income of $6.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 , an increase of $1.0 million, or 15.7 %.  Diluted earnings per share increased to $1.00 in 2015 from $0.87 in 2014.

 

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

 

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

 

Net interest income is the difference between income on assets and the cost of funds supporting those assets. Earning assets are composed primarily of loans and investments.  Interest-bearing deposits and borrowings make up the cost of funds. Non-interest bearing deposits and capital are other components representing funding sources. Changes in the volume and mix of assets and funding sources, along with the changes in yields earned and rates paid, determine changes in net interest income.

 

201 5 Compared to 2014

 

Total interest income for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $28.3 million, compared to $ 26.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 . Total interest expense for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $3.1 million, compared to $ 3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .   The increase in interest income is due to the growth in loan balances, offset by lower yields in this interest rate environment.  The slight increase in interest expense is primarily due to growth in savings, certificate of deposits and short-term borrowings.  Net interest income increased 9.0% to $ 25.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 as compared to $ 23.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .

 

Generally, changes in net interest income are measured by net interest rate spread and net interest margin. Interest rate spread is the mathematical difference between the average interest earned on earning assets and interest paid on

18

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

interest bearing liabilities. Interest margin represents the net interest yield on earning assets and is derived by dividing net interest income by average earning assets. In a mature financial institution the interest margin gives a reader a better indication of asset earning results when compared to peer groups or industry standards.

 

The Company’s net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2015 was 3.48% compared t o 3.50% for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The decrease in the margin is due primarily to the decrease in loan and investment rates and increase in deposit rates associated with the current market conditions, offset by the decrease in short-term borrowing and coupled with the significant growth in the loan and interest bearing deposit balances. During this difficul t market environment, the Company continued to grow and attract deposits and loans at competitive rates.

 

The following table includes the average balances, interest income and expense and the average rates earned and paid for assets and liabilities for the periods presented. All average balances are daily average balances.

 

Average Balances, Rates and Interest Income and Expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2015

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2014

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Tax Equivalent

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Tax Equivalent

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Tax Equivalent

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

Yield

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

Yield

 

 

Balance

 

 

Interest

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - taxable (2)

$

643,774 

 

$

25,823 

 

4.01% 

 

$

579,496 

 

$

23,708 

 

4.09% 

 

$

530,174 

 

$

22,471 

 

4.24% 

Loans - non-taxable (1)

 

9,887 

 

 

315 

 

4.83% 

 

 

8,353 

 

 

230 

 

4.17% 

 

 

3,848 

 

 

146 

 

5.75% 

Investment securities - taxable (3)

 

49,280 

 

 

795 

 

1.61% 

 

 

45,675 

 

 

753 

 

1.65% 

 

 

48,685 

 

 

820 

 

1.68% 

Investment securities - non-taxable (1) (3)

 

33,264 

 

 

1,193 

 

5.43% 

 

 

34,698 

 

 

1,269 

 

5.54% 

 

 

33,357 

 

 

1,168 

 

5.30% 

Federal funds sold

 

680 

 

 

 

0.29% 

 

 

955 

 

 

 

0.22% 

 

 

792 

 

 

 

0.20% 

Time deposits

 

185 

 

 

 

0.54% 

 

 

1,025 

 

 

11 

 

1.07% 

 

 

3,487 

 

 

34 

 

0.98% 

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

6,728 

 

 

124 

 

1.84% 

 

 

10,738 

 

 

77 

 

0.72% 

 

 

7,142 

 

 

25 

 

0.35% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

 

743,798 

 

 

28,253 

 

3.90% 

 

 

680,940 

 

 

26,050 

 

3.94% 

 

 

627,485 

 

 

24,666 

 

4.04% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less allowance for loan losses

 

(5,769)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,440)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,140)

 

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

35,564 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31,047 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

28,496 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL ASSETS

$

773,593 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

706,547 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

650,841 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing demand deposits,
NOW and money market

$

60,401 

 

$

41 

 

0.07% 

 

$

60,603 

 

$

32 

 

0.05% 

 

$

57,651 

 

$

38 

 

0.07% 

Savings

 

406,642 

 

 

1,978 

 

0.49% 

 

 

404,196 

 

 

1,953 

 

0.48% 

 

 

384,407 

 

 

1,816 

 

0.47% 

Certificates of deposit

 

83,278 

 

 

859 

 

1.03% 

 

 

74,385 

 

 

721 

 

0.97% 

 

 

56,787 

 

 

563 

 

0.99% 

Securities sold under agreements to
   repurchase and other borrowings

 

72,892 

 

 

257 

 

0.35% 

 

 

39,634 

 

 

293 

 

0.74% 

 

 

43,341 

 

 

523 

 

1.21% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL INTEREST BEARING LIABILITIES

 

623,213 

 

 

3,135 

 

0.50% 

 

 

578,818 

 

 

2,999 

 

0.52% 

 

 

542,186 

 

 

2,940 

 

0.54% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

 

76,062 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,161 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,527 

 

 

 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

5,730 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,695 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,693 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity

 

68,588 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60,873 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54,435 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

$

773,593 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

706,547 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

650,841 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net interest income

 

 

 

$

25,118 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

23,051 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

21,726 

 

 

Net interest spread

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.40% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.42% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.50% 

Net interest margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.48% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.50% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.57% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Yields on tax exempt assets have been calculated on a fully tax equivalent basis.

(2) The average balance of taxable loans includes loans in which interest is no longer accruing.

(3) Investment security yields do not give effect to changes in fair value.

19

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The table below demonstrates the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in rates earned and paid by the Company on such assets and liabilities.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 vs. 2014

 

 

2014 vs. 2013

 

Increase (decrease) due to changes in:

 

Increase (decrease) due to changes in:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

 

Volume

 

Rate

 

Total

Interest-earning assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans - taxable

$

2,630 

 

$

(515)

 

$

2,115 

 

$

2,090 

 

$

(853)

 

$

1,237 

Loans - non-taxable

 

42 

 

 

43 

 

 

85 

 

 

171 

 

 

(87)

 

 

84 

Investment securities - taxable

 

59 

 

 

(17)

 

 

42 

 

 

(51)

 

 

(16)

 

 

(67)

Investment securities - non-taxable

 

(52)

 

 

(24)

 

 

(76)

 

 

47 

 

 

54 

 

 

101 

Federal funds sold

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Time deposits

 

(9)

 

 

(1)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(24)

 

 

 

 

(23)

Interest bearing deposits with banks

 

(29)

 

 

76 

 

 

47 

 

 

12 

 

 

41 

 

 

53 

Total net change in income on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

interest-earning assets

 

2,640 

 

 

(437)

 

 

2,203 

 

 

2,245 

 

 

(860)

 

 

1,385 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest bearing demand deposits

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(8)

 

 

(6)

Savings

 

12 

 

 

13 

 

 

25 

 

 

93 

 

 

44 

 

 

137 

Certificates of deposit

 

86 

 

 

52 

 

 

138 

 

 

174 

 

 

(16)

 

 

158 

Total deposits

 

98 

 

 

74 

 

 

172 

 

 

269 

 

 

20 

 

 

289 

Securities sold under agreements to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

repurchase and other borrowings

 

246 

 

 

(282)

 

 

(36)

 

 

(45)

 

 

(185)

 

 

(230)

Total net change in expense on

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

interest-bearing liabilities

 

344 

 

 

(208)

 

 

136 

 

 

224 

 

 

(165)

 

 

59 

Change in net interest income

$

2,296 

 

$

(229)

 

$

2,067 

 

$

2,021 

 

$

(695)

 

$

1,326 

 

Provision for Loan Losses

 

The provision for loan losses represents the expense recognized to fund the allowance for loan losses. This amount is based on many factors that reflect management’s assessment of the risk in its loan portfolio. Those factors include economic conditions and trends, the value and adequacy of collateral, volume and mix of the portfolio, performance of the portfolio, and internal loan processes of the Company.

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the provision for loan losses was $532 thousand, compared to $250 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2014 . The increase in the provision for loan losses was primarily due to the volume of loan growth in 2015 over 2014.  Loans grew $79. 0 million in 2015 compared to $41.7 million in 2014 .  The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2015 was $6.1 million, which represents 0.88% of outstanding loans, which is comparable to the $5.6 million as of December 31, 2014, representing 0.9 2 % of outstanding loans. Based principally on current economic conditions, perceived asset quality, loan-loss experience of comparable institutions in the Company’s market area, the allowance is believed to be adequate.  

 

Non-interest Income

 

Non-interest income is derived from the Company’s operations and represents primarily credit card processing fees, service fees on deposit and loan relationships and income from bank owned life insurance. Non-interest income also

20

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

may include net gains and losses from the sale of available for sale securities. Total non-interest income was $2.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2015 compared to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014.  This increase in non-interest income is due to fees from credit card processing services in the amount of $249 thousand, or 17.5%, over 2014, as well as an increase in income on bank owned life insurance in the amount of $97 thousand, or 31.5%, over 2014, and gain from sales of securities realized of $165 thousand in 2015 compared to $33 thousand in 2014, offset by a $95 thousand increase in impairment losses on other real estate owned. As the deposit customer account base grows and the Company continues to mature and develop additional sources of fee income, non-interest income is expected to become a more significant contributor to the overall profitability of the Company.    

 

Non-interest Expense

 

Non-interest expenses represent the normal operating expenses of the Company. These expenses include salaries, employee benefits, occupancy, equipment, data processing, advertising and other expenses related to the overall operation of the Company.

 

Non-interest expenses for the year ended December 31, 2015 was $17.0 million, compared to $16.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 .  At December 31, 2015 , the Company had seventy-six (76) full-time equivalent employees compared to sixty-nine (69) full-time equivalent employees at December 31, 2014.  The increase in non-interest expenses is due to: an increase of $232 thousand, or 21.1%, over 2014, in advertising and promotion expenses due to online banking initiatives, mortgage promotions and a new advertising program; an increase of $302 thousand, or 23.3%, over 2014, in credit card /merchant processing expense due to increased credit card /merchant processing volume; an increase of $222 thousand, or 16.8%, over 2014, in data processing primarily due to the implementation of mobile banking, addition of a branch, enhancements to the information technology systems and installation of fiber connectivity; and an increase of $164 thousand, or 16.3%, over 2014, in other expenses, offset by a decrease of $113 thousand in real estate owned expenses due primarily to expenses incurred in 2014 for site repairs of one property and the additional bank-owned properties acquired in 2014; and a decrease of $121 thousand in salaries and employee benefits due primarily to a decrease in non-qualified pension expense , offset by increases in salaries and payroll taxes due to the increase in employees noted above . Non-qualified pension expense decreased in 2015 compared to 2014 since in the 2014 year there were amendments to certain of the non-qualified plans resulting in necessary increases in the plan liabilities for that year.

 

A breakdown of other non-interest expenses is included in the Consolidated Statements of Income in the Consolidated Financial Statements included in Item 8 of this Report.

 

I ncome Taxes

 

The provision for income taxes was $2.9 million at December 31, 2015 compared to $2.5 million at December 31, 2014 .  The effective rate on income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 28.5% and 27.9% , respectively .

FINANCIAL CONDITION

 

Securities

 

The Company’s securities portfolio is classified, in its entirety, as “available for sale.”  Management believes that a portfolio classification of available for sale allows complete flexibility in the investment portfolio. Using this classification, the Company intends to hold these securities for an indefinite amount of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Such securities are carried at fair value with unrealized gains or losses reported as a separate component of stockholders’ equity. The portfolio is structured to provide maximum return on investments while providing a consistent source of liquidity and meeting strict risk standards. The Company holds no high-risk securities or derivatives as of December 31, 2015 .  

21

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The Company’s securities portfolio was $77.3 million at December 31, 2015, a $56 thousand increase from securities of $77.2 million at December 31, 2014. The Company’s securities have increased primarily due to a combination of investment principal pay-downs, maturities   and sales totaling $18. 6 million, offset by purchases in the amount of $19.0 million and a $347 thousand decrease in unrealized gains. The carrying value of the securities portfolio as of December 31, 2015 includes a net unrealized gain of $1.9 million, as compared to a net unrealized gain of $2.2 million as of December 31, 2014, which is recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income in stockholders’ equity. This decrease in the unrealized gain is due primarily to the changes in market conditions from 2014 to 2015.  No securities are deemed to be other than temporarily impaired.    

 

The following table sets forth the composition of the securities portfolio at fair value as of December 31, 2015 ,   2014 and 2013 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

34,570 

 

$

30,076 

 

$

27,005 

 

 

Municipal securities

 

41,204 

 

 

38,624 

 

 

32,900 

 

 

U.S. Government sponsored enterprise (GSE)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

- Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

1,479 

 

 

7,501 

 

 

9,362 

 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 -

 

 

996 

 

 

2,021 

 

 

Total Securities Available for Sale

$

77,253 

 

$

77,197 

 

$

71,288 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table presents the maturities and average weighted yields of the debt securities portfolio as of December 31, 2015 .  Maturities of mortgage-backed securities are based on estimated life. Yields are based on amortized cost.

 

Securities by Maturities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1 year or Less

 

1-5 Years

 

5-10 Years

 

Over 10 Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Average

 

 

 

 

Average

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

Amount

 

Yield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

U.S. Government agency

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    obligations

$

5,025 

 

0.71%

 

$

29,545 

 

1.20%

 

$

 -

 

-

 

$

 -

 

 

$

34,570 

 

1.12%

Municipal securities

 

56 

 

4.85%

 

 

4,785 

 

3.30%

 

 

19,940 

 

4.55%

 

 

16,423 

 

6.30%

 

 

41,204 

 

5.10%

U.S. GSE - Mortgage-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     backed securities-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      residential

 

137 

 

4.01%

 

 

1,065 

 

4.23%

 

 

277 

 

6.04%

 

 

 -

 

 

 

1,479 

 

5.64%

Total Debt Securities

$

5,218 

 

0.84%

 

$

35,395 

 

1.62%

 

$

20,217 

 

4.04%

 

$

16,423 

 

6.15%

 

$

77,253 

 

3.33%

 

 

22

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Loans

 

The following table sets forth information on the composition of the loan portfolio by type at December 31, 2015 ,   2014 ,   2013 ,   2012 and 2011 . All of the Company’s loans are to domestic borrowers.

 

             

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

Balance

 

total Loans

 

Balance

 

total Loans

 

Balance

 

total Loans

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

289,304 

 

41.92% 

 

$

249,454 

 

40.84% 

 

$

235,545 

 

41.40% 

Commercial construction

 

17,786 

 

2.58% 

 

 

23,220 

 

3.80% 

 

 

21,109 

 

3.71% 

Commercial

 

34,955 

 

5.06% 

 

 

34,182 

 

5.60% 

 

 

28,017 

 

4.92% 

Residential real estate

 

347,316 

 

50.33% 

 

 

302,908 

 

49.60% 

 

 

283,421 

 

49.82% 

Consumer

 

745 

 

0.11% 

 

 

972 

 

0.16% 

 

 

846 

 

0.15% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans

 

690,106 

 

100.00% 

 

 

610,736 

 

100.00% 

 

 

568,938 

 

100.00% 

Unearned origination (fees) costs

 

 

 

 

 

(155)

 

 

 

 

(355)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

690,115 

 

 

 

$

610,581 

 

 

 

$

568,583 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

December 31, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

Percentage of

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance

 

total Loans

 

Balance

 

total Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

204,904 

 

40.53% 

 

$

171,792 

 

40.56% 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

19,717 

 

3.90% 

 

 

13,414 

 

3.17% 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

28,696 

 

5.68% 

 

 

26,879 

 

6.35% 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

250,854 

 

49.62% 

 

 

210,361 

 

49.65% 

 

 

 

 

 

Consumer

 

1,382 

 

0.27% 

 

 

1,140 

 

0.27% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross loans

 

505,553 

 

100.00% 

 

 

423,586 

 

100.00% 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned origination (fees) costs

 

(334)

 

 

 

 

(245)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

505,219 

 

 

 

$

423,341 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table shows the maturities of the commercial loan portfolio and the sensitivity of such loans to interest rate fluctuations at December 31, 2015 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

One year or Less

 

After One Year Through Five Years

 

After Five Years

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

31,973 

 

$

164,237 

 

$

93,094 

 

$

289,304 

Commercial construction

 

6,960 

 

 

10,826 

 

 

 -

 

 

17,786 

Commercial

 

15,302 

 

 

16,303 

 

 

3,350 

 

 

34,955 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

54,235 

 

$

191,366 

 

$

96,444 

 

$

342,045 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fixed Rates

$

20,024 

 

$

183,405 

 

$

96,056 

 

$

299,485 

Variable Rates

 

34,211 

 

 

7,961 

 

 

388 

 

 

42,560 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

54,235 

 

$

191,366 

 

$

96,444 

 

$

342,045 

 

Credit Risk and Loan Quality

 

The allowance for loan losses increased $454 thousand to $6.1 million at December 31, 2015 from $ 5.6 million at December 31, 2014. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the allowance for loan losses represented 0.88% and 0.92%, respectively , of total loans. Based upon current economic conditions, the composition of the loan portfolio, the perceived credit risk in the portfolio and loan-loss experience of comparable institutions in the Bank’s market area, management feels the allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably anticipated losses.

 

At December 31, 2015 , aggregate balances on non-performing loans equaled $5.5 million compared to $6.7 million at December 31, 2014 ,   representing 0.79% and 1.09% of total loans at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively. In certain circumstances in which the Company has deemed it prudent for reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition, the Company has agreed to restructure certain loans (referred to as troubled debt restructurings). Troubled debt restructuring loans , which are considered non-performing loans, outstanding at December 31, 2015 totaled $4.7 million. Generally, a loan is classified as nonaccrual when it is determined that the collection of all or a portion of interest or principal is doubtful or when a default of interest or principal has existed for 90 days or more, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection.  A non-performing loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.

24

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

As of December 31, 2015 the Company had four (4) foreclosed assets totaling $1.2 million , one in the amount of $532 thousand acquired in October 2010, one in the amount of $348 thousand acquired in August 2014, one in the amount of $221 thousand acquired in August 2015 and one in the amount of $123 thousand acquired in November 2015.  Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the Company sold the property acquired in November 2015, and a portion of the property acquired in October 2010   for a loss of $ 1 thousand .  The details for the non-performing loans and assets are included in the following table:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accrual - commercial

$

230 

 

$

1,318 

 

$

1,824 

 

$

2,143 

 

$

1,869 

 

Non-accrual - consumer

 

529 

 

 

366 

 

 

481 

 

 

301 

 

 

 -

 

Restructured, accruing interest

 

4,723 

 

 

4,975 

 

 

7,354 

 

 

7,841 

 

 

7,264 

 

Loans past due 90 or more days, accruing interest

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

763 

 

 

361 

 

 

265 

 

Total nonperforming loans

 

5,482 

 

 

6,659 

 

 

10,422 

 

 

10,646 

 

 

9,398 

 

Foreclosed assets

 

1,224 

 

 

1,106 

 

 

659 

 

 

3,038 

 

 

3,388 

 

Total nonperforming assets

$

6,706 

 

$

7,765 

 

$

11,081 

 

$

13,684 

 

$

12,786 

 

Nonperforming loans to total loans

 

0.79% 

 

 

1.09% 

 

 

1.83% 

 

 

2.11% 

 

 

2.22% 

 

Nonperforming assets to total assets

 

0.83% 

 

 

1.08% 

 

 

1.65% 

 

 

2.13% 

 

 

2.23% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

Based upon current economic conditions, the composition of the loan portfolio and loan loss experience of comparable institutions in the Company’s market areas, an allowance for loan losses has been provided at 0.88% of outstanding loans. Based on its knowledge of the portfolio and current economic conditions, management believes that, as of December 31, 2015 , the allowance is adequate to absorb reasonably anticipated losses. As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had $6.4 million of impaired loans (defined as a loan that management feels probable the Company will be unable to collect all amounts according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement or loans considered to be troubled debt restructurings) compared to $8.1 million at December 31, 2014 .  Most of the Company’s impaired loans required no specific reserves due to adequate collateral.  As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had impaired loans of $1.2 million requiring a specific reserve of $370 thousand.  As of December 31, 2014 , the Company had impaired lo ans of $ 1.7 million requiring a specific reserve of $ 397 thousand.

25

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The activity in the allowance for loan losses is shown in the following table, as well as period end loans receivable and the allowance for loan losses as a percent of the total loan portfolio:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivable at end of year

$

690,115 

 

$

610,581 

 

$

568,583 

 

$

505,219 

 

$

423,341 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, beginning

$

5,614 

 

$

5,326 

 

$

5,147 

 

$

4,215 

 

$

3,709 

 

 

  Provision for loan losses

 

532 

 

 

250 

 

 

992 

 

 

1,183 

 

 

734 

 

 

  Loans charged off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Commercial real estate

 

(60)

 

 

(10)

 

 

(530)

 

 

(231)

 

 

(137)

 

 

 Commercial construction

 

 -

 

 

(50)

 

 

(197)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

       Commercial

 

 -

 

 

(38)

 

 

(13)

 

 

 -

 

 

(50)

 

 

       Residential real estate

 

(28)

 

 

(63)

 

 

(112)

 

 

(39)

 

 

(63)

 

 

 Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(5)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

  Total charged offs

 

(88)

 

 

(161)

 

 

(857)

 

 

(270)

 

 

(250)

 

 

  Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

       Commercial real estate

 

10 

 

 

 -

 

 

13 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 Commercial construction

 

 -

 

 

198 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

       Commercial

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

       Residential real estate

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

28 

 

 

18 

 

 

 

 

       Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

12 

 

 

  Total recoveries

 

10 

 

 

199 

 

 

44 

 

 

19 

 

 

22 

 

 

  Net charged offs

 

(78)

 

 

38 

 

 

(813)

 

 

(251)

 

 

(228)

 

 

Balance at end of year

$

6,068 

 

$

5,614 

 

$

5,326 

 

$

5,147 

 

$

4,215 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses to loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  receivable at end of year

 

0.88% 

 

 

0.92% 

 

 

0.94% 

 

 

1.02% 

 

 

1.00% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Allocation of the Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The following table details the allocation of the allowance for loan losses to various loan categories and the related percent of total loans in each category . While allocations have been established for particular loan categories, management considers the entire allowance to be available to absorb losses in any category.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 2015

 

% of Total Loans

 

December 2014

 

% of Total Loans

 

December 2013

 

% of Total Loans

 

December 2012

 

% of Total Loans

 

December 2011

 

% of Total Loans

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

2,132 

 

41.92% 

 

$

1,704 

 

40.84% 

 

$

1,791 

 

41.40% 

 

$

2,007 

 

40.53% 

 

$

1,264 

 

40.56% 

Commercial construction

 

294 

 

2.58% 

 

 

401 

 

3.80% 

 

 

495 

 

3.71% 

 

 

660 

 

3.90% 

 

 

352 

 

3.17% 

Commercial

 

402 

 

5.06% 

 

 

407 

 

5.60% 

 

 

349 

 

4.92% 

 

 

394 

 

6.71% 

 

 

423 

 

6.35% 

Residential real estate

 

2,529 

 

50.33% 

 

 

1,955 

 

49.60% 

 

 

2,068 

 

49.82% 

 

 

1,677 

 

48.59% 

 

 

1,691 

 

49.65% 

Consumer

 

29 

 

0.11% 

 

 

22 

 

0.16% 

 

 

24 

 

0.15% 

 

 

33 

 

0.27% 

 

 

40 

 

0.27% 

Unallocated

 

682 

 

 

 

 

1,125 

 

 

 

 

599 

 

 

 

 

376 

 

 

 

 

445 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Allowance for Loan Losses

$

6,068 

 

100.00% 

 

$

5,614 

 

100.00% 

 

$

5,326 

 

100.00% 

 

$

5,147 

 

100.00% 

 

$

4,215 

 

100.00% 

 

Deposits

 

As growth continues, the Company expects that the principal sources of its funds will be deposits, consisting of demand deposits, NOW accounts, money market accounts, savings accounts, and certificates of deposit from the local market areas surrounding the Company’s offices. These accounts provide the Company with a source of fee income and a relatively stable source of funds.

 

Total deposits at December 31, 2015 were $660.3 million , an increase of $48.6 million, or 7.9%, over total deposits of $611.7 million as of December 31, 2014 .  The following table reflects the Company’s deposits by category for the periods indicated. All deposits are domestic deposits.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (In Thousands)

 

Demand, non-interest bearing

$

89,959 

 

$

68,467 

 

$

58,705 

 

 

Demand, NOW and money market, interest bearing

 

67,402 

 

 

63,263 

 

 

59,451 

 

 

Savings

 

406,361 

 

 

405,964 

 

 

389,613 

 

 

Time, $100 and over

 

59,533 

 

 

42,122 

 

 

26,488 

 

 

Time, other

 

37,011 

 

 

31,852 

 

 

34,780 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total deposits

$

660,266 

 

$

611,668 

 

$

569,037 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table sets forth the average balance of the Company’s deposits and the average rates paid on those deposits for the years ended December 31, 2015 ,   2014 and 2013 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

Average

 

 

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

Amount

 

Rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 (Dollars In Thousands)

 

Demand, NOW and money market,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     interest bearing deposits

$

60,401 

 

0.07% 

 

$

60,603 

 

0.05% 

 

$

57,651 

 

0.07% 

 

 

Savings

 

406,642 

 

0.49% 

 

 

404,196 

 

0.48% 

 

 

384,407 

 

0.47% 

 

 

Certificates of deposit

 

83,278 

 

1.03% 

 

 

74,385 

 

0.97% 

 

 

56,787 

 

0.99% 

 

 

Total interest bearing deposits

 

550,321 

 

0.52% 

 

 

539,184 

 

0.50% 

 

 

498,845 

 

0.48% 

 

 

Non-interest bearing demand deposits

 

76,062 

 

 

 

 

62,161 

 

 

 

 

50,527 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

626,383 

 

 

 

$

601,345 

 

 

 

$

549,372 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table displays the maturities and the amounts of the Company’s certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2015 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

2015

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

3 months or less

$

14,181 

 

 

 

 

Over 3 through 6 months

 

10,561 

 

 

 

 

Over 6 through 12 months

 

10,058 

 

 

 

 

Over 12 months

 

24,733 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

59,533 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As a FDIC member institution, the Company’s deposits are insured to a maximum of $250,000 per depositor through the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”) that is administered by the FDIC and each institution is required to pay semi-annual deposit insurance premium assessments to the FDIC.

 

Liquidity

 

Liquidity is a measure of the Company’s ability to meet the demands required for the funding of loans and to meet depositors’ requirements for use of their funds. The Company’s sources of liquidity are cash balances, due from banks, federal funds sold and short-term securities. There are other sources of liquidity that are available to the Company.

 

The Bank has borrowing capacity with the FHLBank Pittsburgh (“FHLB”) of approximately $ 399.9 million , which includes a line of credit for $150.0 million. Long-term loans outstanding with the FHLB totaled $3.8 million as of December 31, 2015. There were no outstanding long-term loans outstanding with the FHLB as of December 31, 2014. Short-term loans outstanding with FHLB totaled $39.3 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The increase in short-term loans outstanding with FHLB was primarily used to fund loan growth and investment security purchases. All FHLB borrowings are secured by qualifying assets of the Bank.

28

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The Bank also has a $10.0 million line of credit with Atlantic Community Bankers Bank, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2015 . Advances from this line are unsecured.

 

The Company has a $4.0 million line of credit with Univest Bank and Trust Co., of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2015 . The line of credit is secured by 333,333 shares of Bank stock.

Because of the composition of the Company’s balance sheet, its strong capital base, deposit growth, and borrowing capacity, the Company believes that it remains well positioned with respect to liquidity. While it is desirable to be liquid, it has the effect of a lower interest margin. The majority of funds are invested in loans; however, a sizeable portion is invested in investment securities that generally carry a lower yield.

 

Contractual Obligations

 

The following table represents the Company’s contractual obligations to make future payments as of the year ended December 31, 2015 :  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

2017-2018

 

2019-2020

 

Thereafter

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

Time deposits

$

52,441 

 

$

30,522 

 

$

13,581 

 

$

 -

 

$

96,544 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

39,306 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

39,306 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

667 

 

 

1,447 

 

 

1,706 

 

 

 -

 

 

3,820 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

1,273 

 

 

1,937 

 

 

876 

 

 

11 

 

 

4,097 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

$

93,687 

 

$

33,906 

 

$

16,163 

 

$

11 

 

$

143,767 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

O ff-B alance Sheet Arrangements

 

The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not reflect various off-balance sheet arrangements that are made in the normal course of business, which may involve some liquidity risk. These commitments consist of unfunded loans and lines of credit and letters of credit made under the same standards as on-balance sheet instruments. These off-balance sheet arrangements at December 31, 2015 and 2014 totaled $97.4 million and $82.5 million, respectively . Because these instruments have fixed maturity dates, and because many of them will expire without being drawn upon, they do not generally present any significant liquidity risk to the Company.

 

Management believes that any amounts actually drawn upon can be funded in the normal course of operations. 

 

The Company has no investment in or financial relationship with any unconsolidated entities that are reasonably likely to have a material effect on liquidity or the availability of capital resources.

 

29

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Capital Resources and Adequacy

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by banking regulators. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain actions by regulators that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

 

The regulations require that banks maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk weighted assets (as defined), and Tier 1 capital to average assets (as defined). As of December 31, 2015 , the Bank met the minimum requirements. In addition, the Bank’s capital ratios exceeded the amounts required to be considered “well capit alized” as defined in the regulations.

 

The following table provides a comparison of the Bank’s risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1, common stockholders' equity

$

66,812 

 

$

61,510 

 

Tier 2, allowable portion of allowance for loan losses

 

6,068 

 

 

5,614 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital

$

72,880 

 

$

67,124 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio

 

11.5% 

 

 

 -

 

Tier 1 risk based capital ratio

 

11.5% 

 

 

12.4% 

 

Total risk based capital ratio

 

12.6% 

 

 

13.5% 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

8.4% 

 

 

8.5% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Note: Unrealized gains on securities available for sale are excluded from regulatory capital components of risk-based capital and leverage ratios.

 

In July 2013, the FDIC and the Federal Reserve approved a new rule that will substantially amend the regulatory risk based capital rules applicable to the Bank and the Company. The final rule implements the “Basel III” regulatory capital reforms and changes required by the Dodd-Frank Act.

 

The final rule includes new minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratios, which became effective for the Bank and the Company on January 1, 2015, and refines the definition of what constitutes “capital” for purposes of calculating these ratios. The revised minimum capital requirements are: (i) a new common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 6% (increased from 4%); (iii) a total capital ratio of 8% (unchanged from current rules); and (iv) a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%. The final rule also establishes a “capital conservation buffer” of 2.5%, and will result in the following minimum ratios: (i) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 7.0%; (ii) a Tier 1 to risk-based assets capital ratio of 8.5%; and (iii) a total capital ratio of 10.5%. In January 2016, t he new capital conservation buffer requirement started being phased in at 0.625% of risk-weighted assets and will increase each year until fully implemented in January 2019. An institution will be subject to limitations on paying dividends, engaging in share repurchases, and paying discretionary bonuses if its capital level falls below the buffer amount. These limitations will establish a maximum percentage of eligible retained income that can be utilized for such actions.

   

In addition to the risk-based capital guidelines, the federal banking regulators established minimum leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to total assets) guidelines for bank holding companies. These guidelines provide for a minimum leverage ratio of 3% for those bank holding companies which have the highest regulatory examination ratings and are not contemplating or experiencing significant growth or expansion. All other bank holding companies are required to maintain a leverage ratio of at least 4%.

 

30

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The capital ratios to be considered “well capitalized” under the new capital rules are: common equity of 6.5%, Tier 1 leverage of 5%, Tier 1 risk-based capital of 8%, and Total Risk-Based capital of 10%.

 

The following table provides the Company’s risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1, common stockholders' equity

$

66,865 

 

$

59,868 

 

Tier 2, allowable portion of allowance for loan losses

 

6,068 

 

 

5,614 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital

$

72,933 

 

$

65,482 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common equity tier 1 capital ratio

 

11.5% 

 

 

 -

 

Tier 1 risk based capital ratio

 

11.5% 

 

 

12.0% 

 

Total risk based capital ratio

 

12.6% 

 

 

13.2% 

 

Tier 1 leverage ratio

 

8.3% 

 

 

8.2% 

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

A principal objective of the Company’s asset/liability management policy is to minimize the Company’s exposure to changes in interest rates by an ongoing review of the maturity and repricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. The Asset Liability Committee (ALCO Committee), which meets as part of the Board of Directors meeting, oversees this review, which establishes policies to control interest rate sensitivity. Interest rate sensitivity is the volatility of a company’s earnings resulting from a movement in market interest rates. The Company monitors rate sensitivity in order to reduce vulnerability to interest rate fluctuations while maintaining adequate capital levels and acceptable levels of liquidity. The Company’s asset/liability management policy, along with monthly financial reports, supplies management with guidelines to evaluate and manage rate sensitivity.

 

GAP, a measure of the difference in volume between interest bearing assets and interest bearing liabilities, is a means of monitoring the sensitivity of a financial institution to changes in interest rates. The chart below provides an indicator of the rate sensitivity of the Company. NOW and savings accounts are categorized by their respective estimated decay rates. The Company is liability sensitive, which means that if interest rates fall, interest income will fall slower than interest expense and net interest income will likely increase. If interest rates rise, interest income will rise slower than interest expense and net interest income will likely decrease. The Company continues to monitor interest rate exposure of its interest bearing assets and liabilities and believes that it is well positioned for any future market rate adjustments.

31

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0-3

 

4-12

 

1-3

 

4-5

 

Over 5

 

 

 

Months

 

Months

 

Years

 

Years

 

Years

 

Total

 

(In Thousands)

Interest-earning assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal funds sold and interest-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  bearing deposits

$

3,093 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

3,093 

Investment securities

 

3,264 

 

 

5,167 

 

 

22,910 

 

 

25,807 

 

 

22,283 

 

 

79,431 

Loans, gross

 

113,843 

 

 

128,168 

 

 

211,031 

 

 

103,761 

 

 

133,312 

 

 

690,115 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Total interest-earning assets

 

120,200 

 

 

133,335 

 

 

233,941 

 

 

129,568 

 

 

155,595 

 

 

772,639 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest-bearing liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

NOW and money market accounts

 

67,402 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

67,402 

Savings

 

406,361 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

406,361 

Certificates of deposit

 

18,440 

 

 

34,002 

 

 

30,522 

 

 

13,580 

 

 

 -

 

 

96,544 

Other borrowed funds

 

27,056 

 

 

12,917 

 

 

1,447 

 

 

1,706 

 

 

 -

 

 

43,126 

Repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  and federal funds purchased

 

27,535 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

27,535 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Total interest-bearing liabilities

 

546,794 

 

 

46,919 

 

 

31,969 

 

 

15,286 

 

 

 -

 

 

640,968 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAP

$

(426,594)

 

$

86,416 

 

$

201,972 

 

$

114,282 

 

$

155,595 

 

$

131,671 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUMULATIVE GAP

$

(426,594)

 

$

(340,178)

 

$

(138,206)

 

$

(23,924)

 

$

131,671 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

GAP TO INTEREST EARNING

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ASSETS

 

-55.21%

 

 

11.18% 

 

 

26.14% 

 

 

14.79% 

 

 

20.14% 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CUMULATIVE GAP TO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST EARNING ASSETS

 

-55.21%

 

 

-44.03%

 

 

-17.89%

 

 

-3.10%

 

 

17.04% 

 

 

 

 

Based on a twelve-month forecast of the balance sheet, the following table sets forth our interest rate risk profile at December 31, 2015 . For income simulation purposes, NOW and savings accounts are repriced quarterly. The impact on net interest income, illustrated in the following table, would vary substantially if different assumptions were used or if actual experience differs from that indicated by the assumptions.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in Interest Rates

 

Percentage Change in Net Interest Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Down 100 basis points

 

1.0%

 

 

Down 200 basis points

 

-3.6%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Up 100 basis points

 

-2.9%

 

 

Up 200 basis points

 

-6.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

32

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Return on Assets and Equity

 

For the year ended December 31, 2015 , the return on average assets was 0.96%, the return on average equi ty was 10.80% and the ratio of average shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 8.87% .

 

For the year ended December 31, 2014 , the return on average assets was 0.91%, the return on average equity was 10.52% and the ratio of average shareholders’ equity to average total assets was 8.62% .

 

E ffects of Inflation

 

The majority of assets and liabilities of the Company are monetary in nature, and therefore, differ greatly from most commercial and industrial companies that have significant investments in fixed assets or inventories. The precise impact of inflation upon the Company is difficult to measure. Inflation may affect the borrowing needs of consumers, thereby impacting the growth rate of the Company’s assets. Inflation may also affect the general level of interest rates, which can have a direct bearing on the Company.

33

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Item 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISKS.

 

Not required of a smaller reporting company.

 

Item 8 . FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page
Number

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

35

Consolidated Balance Sheets

36

Consolidated Statements of Income

37

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

38

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

39

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

40

Notes to Financial Statements

41

 

 

34

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders
Embassy Bancorp, Inc.

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Embassy Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary, Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley (collectively the “Company”), as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. The Company’s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP

 

 


Allentown, Pennsylvania
March 30, 2016

35

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

ASSETS

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands, Except Share Data)

 

 

Cash and due from banks

$

16,433 

 

$

14,779 

 

 

Interest bearing demand deposits with banks

 

2,093 

 

 

611 

 

 

Federal funds sold

 

1,000 

 

 

1,000 

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

19,526 

 

 

16,390 

 

 

Interest bearing time deposits

 

 -

 

 

250 

 

 

Securities available for sale

 

77,253 

 

 

77,197 

 

 

Restricted investment in bank stock

 

2,178 

 

 

784 

 

 

Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $6,068 in 2015; $5,614 in 2014

 

684,047 

 

 

604,967 

 

 

Premises and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

 

2,258 

 

 

1,515 

 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

12,343 

 

 

11,938 

 

 

Accrued interest receivable

 

1,637 

 

 

1,599 

 

 

Other real estate owned

 

1,224 

 

 

1,106 

 

 

Other assets

 

3,572 

 

 

3,348 

 

 

Total Assets

$

804,038 

 

$

719,094 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-interest bearing

$

89,959 

 

$

68,467 

 

 

Interest bearing

 

570,307 

 

 

543,201 

 

 

Total Deposits

 

660,266 

 

 

611,668 

 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

27,535 

 

 

30,304 

 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

39,306 

 

 

9,000 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

3,820 

 

 

1,900 

 

 

Accrued interest payable

 

462 

 

 

349 

 

 

Other liabilities

 

4,548 

 

 

4,541 

 

 

Total Liabilities

 

735,937 

 

 

657,762 

 

 

Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $1 par value; authorized 20,000,000 shares;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015 issued 7,407,547 shares; outstanding 7,407,547 shares;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014 issued 7,357,752 shares; outstanding 7,357,752 shares

 

7,408 

 

 

7,358 

 

 

Surplus

 

24,299 

 

 

24,024 

 

 

Retained earnings

 

35,158 

 

 

28,485 

 

 

Accumulated other comprehensive income

 

1,236 

 

 

1,465 

 

 

Total Stockholders' Equity

 

68,101 

 

 

61,332 

 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

$

804,038 

 

$

719,094 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

36

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

INTEREST INCOME

 

(In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

Loans receivable, including fees

 

$

26,138 

 

$

23,938 

 

Securities, taxable

 

 

795 

 

 

753 

 

Securities, non-taxable

 

 

1,193 

 

 

1,269 

 

Federal funds sold, and other

 

 

126 

 

 

79 

 

Interest on time deposits

 

 

 

 

11 

 

Total Interest Income

 

 

28,253 

 

 

26,050 

 

INTEREST EXPENSE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

2,878 

 

 

2,706 

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

 

17 

 

 

17 

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

135 

 

 

18 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

105 

 

 

258 

 

Total Interest Expense

 

 

3,135 

 

 

2,999 

 

Net Interest Income

 

 

25,118 

 

 

23,051 

 

PROVISION FOR LOAN LOSSES

 

 

532 

 

 

250 

 

Net Interest Income after
   Provision for Loan Losses

 

 

24,586 

 

 

22,801 

 

OTHER INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Credit card processing fees

 

 

1,670 

 

 

1,421 

 

Other service fees

 

 

673 

 

 

662 

 

Bank owned life insurance

 

 

405 

 

 

308 

 

Gain on sale of securities

 

 

165 

 

 

33 

 

Gain (loss) on sale of other real estate owned

 

 

(12)

 

 

10 

 

Impairment on other real estate owned

 

 

(104)

 

 

(9)

 

Total Other Income

 

 

2,797 

 

 

2,425 

 

OTHER EXPENSES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

 

7,013 

 

 

7,134 

 

Occupancy and equipment

 

 

2,456 

 

 

2,460 

 

Data processing

 

 

1,541 

 

 

1,319 

 

Credit card processing

 

 

1,596 

 

 

1,294 

 

Advertising and promotion

 

 

1,333 

 

 

1,101 

 

Professional fees

 

 

503 

 

 

509 

 

FDIC insurance

 

 

374 

 

 

397 

 

Insurance

 

 

54 

 

 

54 

 

Loan & real estate

 

 

250 

 

 

270 

 

Charitable contributions

 

 

636 

 

 

585 

 

Other real estate owned expenses

 

 

100 

 

 

213 

 

Other

 

 

1,170 

 

 

1,006 

 

Total Other Expenses

 

 

17,026 

 

 

16,342 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before Income Taxes

 

 

10,357 

 

 

8,884 

 

INCOME TAX EXPENSE

 

 

2,948 

 

 

2,479 

 

Net Income

 

$

7,409 

 

 

6,405 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BASIC EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

$

1.01 

 

 

0.87 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DILUTED EARNINGS PER SHARE

 

$

1.00 

 

 

0.87 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DIVIDENDS PER SHARE

 

$

0.10 

 

 

0.06 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

37

 


 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Income

$

 

 

7,409 

 

$

 

 

6,405 

Change in Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (loss) gain on securities available for sale

 

(182)

 

 

 

 

1,434 

 

 

Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains

 

(165)

 

 

 

 

(33)

 

 

 

 

(347)

 

 

 

 

1,401 

 

 

Income tax effect

 

118 

 

 

 

 

(476)

 

 

Net unrealized (loss) gain

 

(229)

 

 

 

 

925 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) gain, net of tax

 

 

 

(229)

 

 

 

 

925 

Comprehensive Income

$

 

 

7,180 

 

$

 

 

7,330 

 

 

 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

 

38

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

 

Years Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

Surplus

 

Retained Earnings

 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands, Except Share and Per Share Data)

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2013

$

7,324 

 

$

23,671 

 

$

22,520 

 

$

540 

 

$

54,055 

Net income

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

6,405 

 

 

 -

 

 

6,405 

Other comprehensive income

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

925 

 

 

925 

Dividend declared, $.06 per share

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(440)

 

 

 -

 

 

(440)

Exercise of stock options, 33,874 shares

 

34 

 

 

305 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

339 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

Stock tendered for funding exercise of

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

stock options, 24,592 shares

 

(25)

 

 

(232)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(257)

Compensation expense recognized on 
   stock options

 

 -

 

 

98 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

98 

Common stock grants to directors,
    10,209 shares

 

10 

 

 

66 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

76 

Shares issued under Dividend Reinvestment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Stock Purchase Plan, 14,706 shares

 

15 

 

 

115 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

130 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2014

$

7,358 

 

$

24,024 

 

$

28,485 

 

$

1,465 

 

$

61,332 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2014

$

7,358 

 

$

24,024 

 

$

28,485 

 

$

1,465 

 

$

61,332 

Net income

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

7,409 

 

 

 -

 

 

7,409 

Other comprehensive income

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(229)

 

 

(229)

Dividend declared, $.10 per share

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(736)

 

 

 -

 

 

(736)

Compensation expense recognized on 
   stock options

 

 -

 

 

49 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

49 

Common stock grants to directors and officers ,  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   32,875 shares, net of unearned compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  e xpense of $260  

 

33 

 

 

63 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

96 

Shares issued under Dividend Reinvestment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

and Stock Purchase Plan, 16,920 shares

 

17 

 

 

163 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

180 

BALANCE - DECEMBER 31, 2015

$

7,408 

 

$

24,299 

 

$

35,158 

 

$

1,236 

 

$

68,101 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

39

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

7,409 

 

$

6,405 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

532 

 

 

250 

Amortization of deferred loan costs

 

50 

 

 

12 

Depreciation and amortization

 

605 

 

 

643 

Net amortization of investment security premiums and discounts

 

222 

 

 

161 

Stock compensation expense

 

49 

 

 

98 

(Gain) loss on sale of other real estate owned

 

(12)

 

 

Impairment on other real estate owned

 

104 

 

 

Income on bank owned life insurance

 

(405)

 

 

(308)

Deferred income taxes

 

(33)

 

 

(460)

Net realized gain on sale of securities available for sale

 

(165)

 

 

(33)

Increase in accrued interest receivable

 

(38)

 

 

(66)

Increase in other assets

 

(73)

 

 

(588)

Increase in accrued interest payable

 

113 

 

 

114 

Increase in other liabilities

 

151 

 

 

1,438 

Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

 

8,509 

 

 

7,679 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of securities available for sale

 

(18,956)

 

 

(14,801)

Maturities, calls and principal repayments of securities available for sale

 

7,754 

 

 

9,637 

Proceeds from sales of securities available for sale

 

10,742 

 

 

528 

Net increase in loans

 

(80,016)

 

 

(42,489)

Net (purchases) redemption of restricted investment in bank stock

 

(1,394)

 

 

1,373 

Net maturities of interest bearing time deposits

 

250 

 

 

1,572 

Purchase of bank owned life insurance

 

 -

 

 

(4,000)

Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned

 

96 

 

 

46 

Purchases of premises and equipment

 

(1,348)

 

 

(276)

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

 

(82,872)

 

 

(48,410)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase in deposits

 

48,598 

 

 

42,631 

Net decrease in securities sold under agreements to repurchase

 

(2,769)

 

 

(114)

Increase ( d ecrease) in short-term borrowed funds

 

30,306 

 

 

(1,000)

Proceeds from long-term borrowed funds

 

6,000 

 

 

 -

Payment of long-term borrowed funds

 

(4,080)

 

 

(2,000)

Exercise of stock options, net payment for stock tendered

 

 -

 

 

82 

Proceeds from Dividend Reinvestment Plan

 

180 

 

 

130 

Tax benefit of stock options exercised

 

 -

 

 

Dividends paid

 

(736)

 

 

(440)

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

 

77,499 

 

 

39,290 

Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

3,136 

 

 

(1,441)

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - BEGINNING

 

16,390 

 

 

17,831 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS - ENDING

$

19,526 

 

$

16,390 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTARY CASH FLOWS INFORMATION

 

 

 

 

 

Interest paid

$

3,022 

 

$

2,885 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

$

3,262 

 

$

2,880 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate sold through bank financing

$

287 

 

$

57 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferral of gain from sale of other real estate sold through bank financing

$

48 

 

$

11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate acquired in settlement of loans

$

641 

 

$

574 

 

See notes to consolidated financial statements.

40

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

Not e 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Principles of Consolidation and Nature of Operations

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Pennsylvania corporation organized in 2008 and registered as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (the “BHC Act”). The Company was formed for purposes of acquiring Embassy Bank For The Lehigh Valley (the “Bank”) in connection with the reorganization of the Bank into a bank holding company structure, which was consummated on November 11, 2008. Accordingly, the Company owns all of the capital stock of the Bank, giving the organization more flexibility in meeting its capital needs as the Company continues to grow.

 

The Bank, which is the Company’s principal operating subsidiary, was originally incorporated as a Pennsylvania bank on May 11, 2001 and opened its doors on November 6, 2001. It was formed by a group of local business persons and professionals with significant prior experience in community banking in the Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania, the Bank’s primary market area.

 

Estimates

 

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, the valuation of other real estate owned, and the valuation of deferred tax assets.

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk

 

Most of the Company’s activities are with customers located in the Lehigh Valley area of Pennsylvania. Note 2 discuss es the types of securities in which the Company invests. The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one specific industry or customer, with the exception of lending activity to a broad range of lessors of residential and non-residential real estate within the Lehigh Valley. Although the Company has a diversified loan portfolio, its debtors’ ability to honor their contracts is influenced by the region’s economy.

 

Presentation of Cash Flows

 

For purposes of reporting cash flows, cash and cash equivalents include cash on hand, amounts due from banks, interest-bearing demand deposits with bank, and federal funds sold. Generally, federal funds are purchased or sold for less than one week periods.

 

S ecurities

 

Securities classified as available for sale are those securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movement in interest rates, changes in maturity mix of the Company’s assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Unrealized gains and losses are reported as increases or decreases in other comprehensive income. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities.

41

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Other than temporary accounting guidance specifies that (a) if a company does not have the intent to sell a debt security prior to recovery and (b) it is more likely than not that it will not have to sell the debt security prior to recovery, the security would not be considered other-than-temporarily impaired unless there is a credit loss. When an entity does not intend to sell the security, and it is more likely than not the entity will not have to sell the security before recovery of its cost basis, it will recognize the credit component of an other-than-temporary impairment of a debt security in earnings and the remaining portion in other comprehensive income. The Company recognized no other-than-temporary impairment charges during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 .

 

Restricted Investments in Bank Stock

 

Restricted investments in bank stock consist of FHLBank Pittsburgh (“F HLB”) stock and Atlantic Community   Bankers Bank (“ACBB”) stock.  The restricted stocks have no quoted market value and are carried at cost.  Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.

 

During 2014 the FHLB conducted limited excess capital stock repurchases based upon positive quarterly net income. In October 2014, the FHLB amended its Capital Plan and created two subclasses of stock, one required as a member (“membership stock”)  and  additional stock in the FHLB in relation to the level of outstanding borrowings (“activity-based stock”).  Under this new plan the costs of membership decreased.  As a result of this decrease , the FHLB began repurchasing excess stock on a regular monthly repurchase date and pay dividends, if conditions warrant, on a quarterly basis. Dividend payments of $ 113 thousand and $57 thousand were recei ved during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively.

 

Management evaluates the FHLB and ACBB restricted stock for impairment. Management’s determination of whether these investments are impaired is based on their assessment of the ultimate recoverability of their cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of their cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the issuer as compared to the capital stock amount for the issuer and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the issuer to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the issuer, and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the issuer.

 

Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the FHLB or ACBB restricted stock as of December 31, 2015 .

 

Loans Receivable

 

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of any deferred fees or costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield using the effective interest method.  Premiums and discounts on purchased loans are amortized as adjustments to interest income using the effective interest method.  Delinquency fees are recognized in income when chargeable, assuming collectability is reasonably assured.

 

The loans receivable portfolio is segmented into commercial and consumer loans.  Commercial loans consist of the following classes: commercial real estate, commercial construction and commercial.  Consumer loans consist of the following classes: residential real estate and other consumer loans.

42

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The Company makes commercial loans for real estate development and other business purposes required by the customer base.  The Company’s credit policies determine advance rates against the different forms of collateral that can be pledged against commercial loans.  Typically, the majority of loans will be limited to a percentage of their underlying collateral values such as real estate values, equipment, eligible accounts receivable and inventory.  Individual loan advance rates may be higher or lower depending upon the financial strength of the borrower and/or term of the loan.  The assets financed through commercial loans are used within the business for its ongoing operation.  Repayment of these kinds of loans generally comes from the cash flow of the business or the ongoing conversion of assets.  Commercial real estate loans include long-term loans financing commercial properties.  Repayments of these loans are dependent upon either the ongoing cash flow of the borrowing entity or the resale of or lease of the subject property.  Commercial real estate loans typically require a loan to value ratio of not greater than 80% and vary in terms.

 

Residential mortgages and home equity loans are secured by the borrower’s residential real estate in either a first or second lien position.  Residential mortgages and home equity loans have varying interest rates (fixed or variable) depending on the financial condition of the borrower and the loan to value ratio.  Residential mortgages may have amortizations up to 30 years and home equity loans may have maturities up to 25 years.  Other consumer loans include installment loans, car loans, and overdraft lines of credit.  Some of these loans may be unsecured.

 

For all classes of loans receivable, the accrual of interest may be discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing.  A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured.  When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed.  Interest received on nonaccrual loans, including impaired loans, generally is applied against principal.  Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time (generally six months) and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.  The past due status of all classes of loans receivable is determined based on contractual due dates for loan payments.

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The allowance for loan losses represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet date and is recorded as a reduction to loans. The reserve for unfunded loan commitments represents management’s estimate of losses inherent in its unfunded loan commitments and is recorded in other liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet.  The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses, and decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. Loans, or portions of loans, determined to be confirmed losses are charged against the allowance account and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the account. A loss is considered confirmed when information available at the balance sheet date indicates the loan, or a portion thereof, is uncollectible.

 

Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance.  The allowance is based on the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available.

43

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Management maintains the allowance for loan losses at a level it believes adequate to absorb probable credit losses related to specifically identified loans, as well as probable incurred losses inherent in the remainder of the loan portfolio as of the balance sheet dates. The allowance for loan losses account consists of specific and general reserves. The specific component consists of the specific reserve for impaired loans individually evaluated under Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 310, “Receivables,” and the general component is utilized for loss contingencies on those loans collectively evaluated under FASB ASC 450, “Contingencies.”

 

For the specific portion of the allowance for loan losses, a loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all amounts due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. All amounts due according to the contractual terms means that both the contractual interest and principal payments of a loan will be collected as scheduled in the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, ability to pay and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Loans considered impaired under FASB ASC 310 are measured for impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. If the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate or the fair value of the collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, is less than the recorded investment in the loan, including accrued interest and net deferred loan fees or costs, the Company will recognize the impairment by adjusting the allowance for loan losses account through charges to earnings as a provision for loan losses.

 

For loans secured by real estate, estimated fair values are determined primarily through third-party appraisals.  When a real estate secured loan becomes impaired, a decision is made regarding whether an updated certified appraisal of the real estate is necessary.  This decision is based on various considerations, including the age of the most recent appraisal, loan-to-value ratio based on the original appraisal and the condition of the property.  Appraised values are discounted to arrive at the estimated selling price of the collateral, which is considered to be the estimated fair value.  The discounts also include estimated costs to sell the property.

 

For commercial and industrial loans secured by non-real estate collateral, such as accounts receivable, inventory and equipment, estimated fair values are determined based on the borrower’s financial statements, inventory reports, accounts receivable aging or equipment appraisals or invoices. Indications of value from these sources are generally discounted based on the age of the financial information or the quality of the assets.

 

The general portion of the allowance for loan losses covers pools of loans by major loan class including commercial loans not considered impaired, as well as smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential real estate and other consumer loans. Loss contingencies for each of the major loan pools are determined by applying a total loss factor to the current balance outstanding for each individual pool. The total loss factor is comprised of a historical loss factor using the loss migration method plus a qualitative factor, which adjusts the historical loss factor for changes in trends, conditions and other relevant factors that may affect repayment of the loans in these pools as of the evaluation date. Loss migration involves determining the percentage of each pool that is expected to ultimately result in loss based on historical loss experience. Historical loss factors are based on the ratio of net loans charged-off to loans, net, for each of the major groups of loans evaluated and measured for impairment under FASB ASC 450. The historical loss factor for each pool is an average of the Company’s historical net charge-off ratio for the most recent rolling twenty quarters.

44

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

In addition to these historical loss factors, management also uses a qualitative factor that represents a number of environmental risks that may cause estimated credit losses associated with the current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience. These environmental risks include: (i) changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards and collection, charge-off and recovery practices; (ii) changes in the composition and volume of the portfolio; (iii) changes in national, local and industry conditions, including the effects of such changes on the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans; (iv) changes in the volume and severity of classified loans, including past due, nonaccrual, troubled debt restructures and other loan modifications; (v) changes in the levels of, and trends in, charge-offs and recoveries; (vi) the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; (vii) changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; (viii) changes in the quality of the loan review system and the degree of oversight by the board of directors; and (ix) the effect of external factors such as competition and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in the current loan portfolio. Each environmental risk factor is assigned a value to reflect improving, stable or declining conditions based on management’s best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation. Adjustments to the factors are supported through documentation of changes in conditions in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation.

 

The unallocated component of the general allowance is used to cover inherent losses that exist as of the evaluation date, but which have not been identified as part of the allocated allowance using the above impairment evaluation methodology due to limitations in the process. One such limitation is the imprecision of accurately estimating the impact current economic conditions will have on historical loss rates. Variations in the magnitude of impact may cause estimated credit losses associated with the current portfolio to differ from historical loss experience, resulting in an allowance that is higher or lower than the anticipated level.

 

The allowance calculation methodology includes further segregation of loan classes into risk rating categories.  The borrower’s overall financial condition, repayment sources, guarantors and value of collateral, if appropriate, are evaluated annually for commercial loans or when credit deficiencies arise, such as delinquent loan payment, for commercial and consumer loans.  Credit quality risk ratings include regulatory classifications of special mention, substandard, doubtful and loss.  Loans criticized as special mention have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention.  If uncorrected, the potential weakness may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects.  Loans classified substandard have a well-defined weakness and borrowers are highly leveraged.  They include loans that are inadequately protected by the current sound net worth and the paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any.  Loans classified doubtful have all the weaknesses inherent in loans classified substandard with the added characteristic that collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of current conditions and facts, is highly improbable.  Loans classified as a loss are considered uncollectible and are charged to the allowance for loan losses.  Loans not classified are rated pass.

 

Federal regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses and may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination, which may not be currently available to management. Based on management’s comprehensive analysis of the loan portfolio, management believes the current level of the allowance for loan losses is adequate.

45

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Other Real Estate Owned

 

Other real estate owned is comprised of properties acquired through foreclosure proceedings or acceptance of a deed-in-lieu of foreclosure and loans classified as in-substance foreclosures.  A loan is classified as an in-substance foreclosure when the Company has taken possession of the collateral, regardless of whether formal foreclosure proceedings take place. Other real estate owned is recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the time of acquisition. Any excess of the loan balance over the recorded value is charged to the allowance for loan losses at the time of acquisition . After foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed and the assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value less cost to sell.  Changes in the valuation allowance on foreclosed assets are included in other income.  Costs to maintain the assets are included in other expenses. Any gain or loss realized upon disposal of other real estate owned is included in other income.

 

Bank Owned Life Insurance

 

The Company invests in bank owned life insurance (“BOLI”) as a tax deferred investment and a source of funding for employee benefit expenses.  BOLI involves the purchasing of life insurance by the Company on certain of its employees and directors.  The Company is the owner and beneficiary of the policies.  This life insurance investment is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies.  Income from increases in cash surrender value of the policies is included in non-interest income and is not subject to income taxes unless surrendered . The Company does not intend t o surrender these policies, and accordingly, no deferred taxes have been recorded on the earnings from these policies.

 

Premises and Equipment  

 

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed on the straight-line method over the following estimated useful lives of the related assets: furniture, fixtures and equipment for five to ten years, leasehold improvements for ten to fifteen years, computer equipment and data processing software for three to f ive years, and automobiles for five years.

 

Transfers of Financial Assets

 

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loan participations, are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

 

Advertising Costs

 

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.

 

Income Taxes

 

Income tax accounting guidance results in two components of income tax expense: current and deferred.  Current income tax expense reflects taxes to be paid or refunded for the current period by applying the provisions of the enacted tax law to taxable income.  Deferred income taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences.  Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and net operating loss carry forwards and their tax basis. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment.

46

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Earnings Per Share

 

Basic earnings per share represents income available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period, as adjusted for stock dividends and splits. Diluted earnings per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued, as well as any adjustments to income that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands, Except Per Share Data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

7,409 

 

$

6,405 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding

 

7,371 

 

 

7,337 

 

 

Dilutive effect of potential common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   shares, stock options

 

34 

 

 

27 

 

 

Diluted weighted average common

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   shares outstanding

 

7,405 

 

 

7,364 

 

 

Basic earnings per share

$

1.01 

 

$

0.87 

 

 

Diluted earnings per share

$

1.00 

 

$

0.87 

 

 

 

There were no stock options not considered in computing diluted earnings per common share for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014.

 

Employee Benefit Plan

 

The Company has a 401(k) Plan (the “Plan”) for employees. All employees are eligible to participate after they have attained the age of 21 and have also completed 12 consecutive months of service during which at least 1,000 hours of service are completed. The employees may contribute up to the maximum percentage allowable by law of their compensation to the Plan, and the Company provides a match of fifty percent of the first 8% percent to eligible participating employees. Full vesting in the Plan is prorated equally over a four -year period. The Company’s contributions to the Plan for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014   were $ 1 39 thousand and $ 125 thousand , respectively.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

 

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded in the balance sheet when they are funded.

47

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensiv e income. In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance, the Company has disclosed the components of comprehensive income in the accompanying consolidated statements of comprehensive income.

 

Segment Reporting

 

The Company acts as an independent, community, financial services provider, and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual, business and government customers. The Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services, including the taking of time, savings and demand deposits; the making of commercial, consumer and home equity loans; and the provision of other financial services.

 

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial and retail operations of the Company. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.

 

Stock-Based Compensation

 

The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of FASB Accounting Standards Codification ( ASC ) 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation. ASC 718 requires compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award based on the fair value of the award.  The Black-Scholes model is used to estimate the fair value of stock options.

 

Subsequent Events

 

The Company follows ASC Topic 855 Subsequent Events.  This topic establishes general standards for accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued.  The Company has evaluated events and transactions occurring subsequent to the balance sheet date of December 31, 2015 through the date these consolidated financial statements were available for issuance for items that should potentially be recognized or disclosed in these consolidated financial statements.

48

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

New Accounting Standards

 

In January 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard update (ASU 2014-04) related to;   Receivables – Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors (Subtopic 310-40) Reclassification of Residential Real Estate Collateralized Consumer Mortgage Loans upon Foreclosure.     The update applies to all creditors who obtain physical possession of residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer mortgage loan in satisfaction of a receivable.  The amendments in this update clarify when an in-substance repossession or foreclosure occurs and requires disclosure of both (1) the amount of foreclosed residential real estate property held by a creditor and (2) the recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure according to local requirements of the applicable jurisdiction.  The amendments in the update are effectiv e for public business entities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2014.   At December 31, 2015 the Company had $221 thousand in foreclosed residential real estate held. At December 31, 2014 the C ompany had no foreclosed residential real estate held. At December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 the Company had $529 thousand and $375 thousand, respectively, in recorded investment in consumer mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate property that are in the process of foreclosure.

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-09 Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606) .   ASU 2014-09 affects any entity using U.S. GAAP that either enters into contracts with customers to transfer goods or services or enters into contracts for the transfer of nonfinancial assets unless those contracts are within the scope of other standards (e.g., insurance contracts or lease contracts). This ASU will supersede the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance. This ASU also supersedes some cost guidance included in Subtopic 605-35, Revenue Recognition—Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts. In addition, the existing requirements for the recognition of a gain or loss on the transfer of nonfinancial assets that are not in a contract with a customer (e.g., assets within the scope of Topic 360, Property, Plant, and Equipment, and intangible assets within the scope of Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and Other) are amended to be consistent with the guidance on recognition and measurement (including the constraint on revenue) in this ASU.

The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. To achieve that core principle, an entity should apply the following steps:

Step 1: Identify the contract(s) with a customer.

Step 2: Identify the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 3: Determine the transaction price.

Step 4: Allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract.

Step 5: Recognize revenue when (or as) the entity satisfies a performance obligation.

 

For a public business entity, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 201 7 , including interim periods within that reporting period. Early application is not permitted. The Company is currently analyzing the impact of the guidance on its financial statements.  

An entity should apply the amendments in this ASU using one of the following two methods:

Retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented and the entity may elect any of the following practical expedients:

·   For completed contracts, an entity need not restate contracts that begin and end within the same annual reporting period.

·   For completed contracts that have variable consideration, an entity may use the transaction price at the date the contract was completed rather than estimating variable consideration amounts in the comparative reporting periods.

·   For all reporting periods presented before the date of initial application, an entity need not disclose the amount of the transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations and an explanation of when the entity expects to recognize that amount as revenue.

 

49

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying this ASU recognized at the date of initial application. If an entity elects this transition method it also should provide the additional disclosures in reporting periods that include the date of initial application of:

·   The amount by which each financial statement line item is affected in the current reporting period by the application of this ASU as compared to the guidance that was in effect before the change.

· An explanation of the reasons for significant changes.

Subsequent to December 31, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standard Update on accounting for Leases on February 25, 2016 Accounting Standards Update 2016-02: Leases (Topic 842 ) . The main provisions call for all lease transactions (with terms in excess of 12 months) to be recorded on the balance sheet of the lessee. In general, this recognition will be measured by discounting to present value, using the interest rate implicit in the lease, the e xpe cted lease payments to be made over the life of the lease including lease escalator s   and options (if exercise is likely), as the lease liability.  A right to use asset will then be recognized at the same amount as the lease liability. After initial measurement, the lease liability will be reduced based on the lease payments and the right to use asset will be amortized over the life of the lease, normally using the straight-line method.

Upon adoption, the lessee will apply the new standard retrospectively to all periods presented or retrospectively using a cumulative effect adjustment in the year of adoption. The initial measurement of the lease liability will be based on the remaining terms of operating leases in effect at the date of adoption and the remaining expected lease payments, discounted using the lessees incremental borrowing rate at the date of initial application; with a corresponding right to use asset.  For capital leases, the existing balance will be carried over under the new standard.

The effective date for the new standard for public entities is for periods begi nning after December 15, 2018. The Company is in the process of evaluating the effect this new standard will have on its consolidated financial statements.

 

Reclassification

 

Certain amounts in the 2014   consolidated financial statements may have been reclassified to conform to 2015 presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on 2014 net income.

50

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 2 – Securities Available For Sale

 

The amortized cost and approximate fair values of securities available-for-sale were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

Gross

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

Unrealized

 

Unrealized

 

Fair

 

Cost

 

Gains

 

Losses

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

December 31, 2015 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

34,676 

 

$

15 

 

$

(121)

 

$

34,570 

Municipal bonds

 

39,378 

 

 

1,970 

 

 

(144)

 

 

41,204 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) -
   Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

1,327 

 

 

152 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,479 

Total

$

75,381 

 

$

2,137 

 

$

(265)

 

$

77,253 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

30,192 

 

$

46 

 

$

(162)

 

$

30,076 

Municipal bonds

 

36,618 

 

 

2,023 

 

 

(17)

 

 

38,624 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) -
   Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

7,168 

 

 

333 

 

 

 -

 

 

7,501 

Corporate bonds

 

1,000 

 

 

 -

 

 

(4)

 

 

996 

Total

$

74,978 

 

$

2,402 

 

$

(183)

 

$

77,197 

 

 

The amortized cost and fair value of securities as of December 31, 2015 , by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to prepay obligations with or without any penalties.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortized

 

 

Fair

 

 

 

 

Cost

 

 

Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Due in one year or less

 

$

5,077 

 

$

5,081 

 

Due after one year through five years

 

 

34,361 

 

 

34,330 

 

Due after five years through ten years

 

 

19,152 

 

 

19,940 

 

Due after ten years

 

 

15,464 

 

 

16,423 

 

 

 

 

74,054 

 

 

75,774 

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) - Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

 

1,327 

 

 

1,479 

 

 

 

$

75,381 

 

$

77,253 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross gains of $ 165 thousand and $ 33   thousand were realized on sales of securities for the year s ended December 31, 2015   and December 31, 2014 , respectively. There were no gross losses in 2015   or 2014   on the sale of securities. 

51

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table shows the Company’s investments’ gross unrealized losses and fair value, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less Than 12 Months

 

 

12 Months or More

 

 

Total

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

 

Fair Value

 

Unrealized Losses

December 31, 2015 :

(In Thousands)

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

25,525 

 

$

(121)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

25,525 

 

$

(121)

Municipal bonds

 

6,180 

 

 

(144)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

6,180 

 

 

(144)

Total Temporarily Impaired Securities

$

31,705 

 

$

(265)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

31,705 

 

$

(265)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

11,074 

 

$

(44)

 

$

9,959 

 

$

(118)

 

$

21,033 

 

$

(162)

Municipal bonds

 

2,987 

 

 

(17)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

2,987 

 

 

(17)

Corporate Bonds

 

996 

 

 

(4)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

996 

 

 

(4)

Total Temporarily Impaired Securities

$

15,057 

 

$

(65)

 

$

9,959 

 

$

(118)

 

$

25,016 

 

$

(183)

 

 

The Company had thirty (30) securities in an unrealized loss position at December 31, 2015.  Unrealized losses are due only to market rate fluctuations. As of December 31, 2015, the Company either has the intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity or market price recovery, or believes that it is more likely than not that it will not be required to sell such securities. Management believes that the unrealized loss only represents temporary impairment of the securities.  None of the individual losses are significant.

 

Securities with a carrying value of $64.9 million and $62.7 million at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively, were subject to agreements to repurchase, pledged to secure public deposits, or pledged for other purposes required or permitted by law.

 

 

Note 3 – Loans Receivable

 

The following table presents the composition of loans receivable at December 31, 2015 and 2014 respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

289,304 

 

$

249,454 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

17,786 

 

 

23,220 

 

 

Commercial

 

34,955 

 

 

34,182 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

347,316 

 

 

302,908 

 

 

Consumer

 

745 

 

 

972 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Total Loans

 

690,106 

 

 

610,736 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unearned net loan origination costs (fees)

 

 

 

(155)

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

(6,068)

 

 

(5,614)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

684,047 

 

$

604,967 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

52

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

Note 4 – Allowance for Loan Losses

 

The changes in the allowance for loan losses for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses:

(In Thousands)

 

 

Balance, beginning

$

5,614 

 

$

5,326 

 

 

Provision for loan losses

 

532 

 

 

250 

 

 

Loans charged off

 

(88)

 

 

(161)

 

 

Recoveries

 

10 

 

 

199 

 

 

Balance at end of year

$

6,068 

 

$

5,614 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the aggregate pass rating and the classified ratings of special mention (potential weaknesses), substandard (well defined weaknesses) and doubtful (full collection unlikely) within the Company's internal risk rating system as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pass

 

Special Mention

 

Substandard

 

Doubtful

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

(In Thousands)

Commercial real estate

$

287,755 

 

$

 -

 

$

1,549 

 

$

 -

 

$

289,304 

Commercial construction

 

16,971 

 

 

 -

 

 

815 

 

 

 -

 

 

17,786 

Commercial

 

34,889 

 

 

66 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

34,955 

Residential real estate

 

346,787 

 

 

 -

 

 

529 

 

 

 -

 

 

347,316 

Consumer

 

745 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

745 

            Total

$

687,147 

 

$

66 

 

$

2,893 

 

$

 -

 

$

690,106 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

244,805 

 

$

1,989 

 

$

2,660 

 

$

 -

 

$

249,454 

Commercial construction

 

21,844 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,376 

 

 

 -

 

 

23,220 

Commercial

 

33,672 

 

 

510 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

34,182 

Residential real estate

 

302,533 

 

 

154 

 

 

221 

 

 

 -

 

 

302,908 

Consumer

 

972 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

972 

            Total

$

603,826 

 

$

2,653 

 

$

4,257 

 

$

 -

 

$

610,736 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

53

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table summarizes information in regards to impaired loans by loan portfolio class as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year to Date

 

 

 

Recorded Investment

 

Unpaid Principal Balance

 

Related Allowance

 

Average Recorded Investment

 

Interest Income Recognized

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

3,644 

 

$

3,928 

 

 

 

 

$

3,672 

 

$

139 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

815 

 

 

815 

 

 

 

 

 

1,096 

 

 

38 

 

  Commercial

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

758 

 

 

758 

 

 

 

 

 

1,029 

 

 

10 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

336 

 

$

 -

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

  Commercial

 

 

321 

 

 

321 

 

 

115 

 

 

323 

 

 

10 

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

834 

 

 

834 

 

 

255 

 

 

878 

 

 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

3,644 

 

$

3,928 

 

$

 -

 

$

4,008 

 

$

139 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

815 

 

 

815 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,096 

 

 

38 

 

  Commercial

 

 

321 

 

 

321 

 

 

115 

 

 

323 

 

 

10 

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

1,592 

 

 

1,592 

 

 

255 

 

 

1,907 

 

 

15 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

$

6,372 

 

$

6,656 

 

$

370 

 

$

7,334 

 

$

202 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

With no related allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

4,649 

 

$

4,984 

 

 

 

 

$

5,729 

 

$

172 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

1,376 

 

 

1,376 

 

 

 

 

 

2,197 

 

 

78 

 

  Commercial

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

48 

 

 

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

413 

 

 

431 

 

 

 

 

 

488 

 

 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

With an allowance recorded:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

555 

 

$

555 

 

$

76 

 

$

575 

 

$

108 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

  Commercial

 

 

326 

 

 

326 

 

 

119 

 

 

229 

 

 

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

858 

 

 

858 

 

 

202 

 

 

925 

 

 

15 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

Total:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Commercial real estate

 

$

5,204 

 

$

5,539 

 

$

76 

 

$

6,304 

 

$

280 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 

1,376 

 

 

1,376 

 

 

 -

 

 

2,197 

 

 

78 

 

  Commercial

 

 

330 

 

 

330 

 

 

119 

 

 

277 

 

 

10 

 

  Residential real estate

 

 

1,271 

 

 

1,289 

 

 

202 

 

 

1,413 

 

 

23 

 

  Consumer

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

$

8,181 

 

$

8,534 

 

$

397 

 

$

10,191 

 

$

391 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

54

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table presents nonaccrual loans by classes of the loan portfolio as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

  Commercial real estate

$

164 

 

$

1,251 

 

 

  Commercial construction

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

  Commercial

 

66 

 

 

66 

 

 

  Residential real estate

 

529 

 

 

366 

 

 

  Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

      Total

$

759 

 

$

1,683 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The performance and credit quality of the loan portfolio is also monitored by analyzing the age of the loans receivable as determined by the length of time a recorded payment is past due.  The following table presents the classes of the loan portfolio summarized by the past due status as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30-59 Days Past Due

 

60-89 Days Past Due

 

Greater than 90 Days Past Due

 

Total Past Due

 

Current

 

Total Loan
Receivables

 

Loan Receivables > 90 Days and Accruing

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

(In Thousands)

Commercial real estate

$

219 

 

$

 -

 

$

164 

 

$

383 

 

$

288,921 

 

$

289,304 

 

$

 -

Commercial construction

 

500 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

500 

 

 

17,286 

 

 

17,786 

 

 

 -

Commercial

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

66 

 

 

66 

 

 

34,889 

 

 

34,955 

 

 

 -

Residential real estate

 

159 

 

 

76 

 

 

529 

 

 

764 

 

 

346,552 

 

 

347,316 

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

745 

 

 

745 

 

 

 -

            Total

$

878 

 

$

76 

 

$

759 

 

$

1,713 

 

$

688,393 

 

$

690,106 

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

1,018 

 

$

182 

 

$

937 

 

$

2,137 

 

$

247,317 

 

$

249,454 

 

$

 -

Commercial construction

 

1,061 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

1,061 

 

 

22,159 

 

 

23,220 

 

 

 -

Commercial

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

66 

 

 

66 

 

 

34,116 

 

 

34,182 

 

 

 -

Residential real estate

 

540 

 

 

154 

 

 

366 

 

 

1,060 

 

 

301,848 

 

 

302,908 

 

 

 -

Consumer

 

25 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

25 

 

 

947 

 

 

972 

 

 

 -

            Total

$

2,644 

 

$

336 

 

$

1,369 

 

$

4,349 

 

$

606,387 

 

$

610,736 

 

$

 -

 

55

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table summarizes information in regards to the allowance for loan losses as of   December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Commercial Construction

 

Commercial

 

Residential Real Estate

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

Allowance for loan losses

 

 

Year Ending December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance - December 31, 2014

$

1,704 

 

$

401 

 

$

407 

 

$

1,955 

 

$

22 

 

$

1,125 

 

$

5,614 

 

  Charge-offs

 

(60)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(28)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(88)

 

  Recoveries

 

10 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

10 

 

  Provisions

 

478 

 

 

(107)

 

 

(5)

 

 

602 

 

 

 

 

(443)

 

 

532 

 

Ending Balance - December 31, 2015

$

2,132 

 

$

294 

 

$

402 

 

$

2,529 

 

$

29 

 

$

682 

 

$

6,068 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Beginning Balance - December 31, 2013

$

1,791 

 

$

495 

 

$

349 

 

$

2,068 

 

$

24 

 

$

599 

 

$

5,326 

 

  Charge-offs

 

(10)

 

 

(50)

 

 

(38)

 

 

(63)

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

(161)

 

  Recoveries

 

 -

 

 

198 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

199 

 

  Provisions

 

(77)

 

 

(242)

 

 

95 

 

 

(50)

 

 

(2)

 

 

526 

 

 

250 

 

Ending Balance - December 31, 2014

$

1,704 

 

$

401 

 

$

407 

 

$

1,955 

 

$

22 

 

$

1,125 

 

$

5,614 

 

56

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The f ollowing tables represent the allocation of the allo wance for loan losses and the related loan portfolio disaggregated based on impairment methodology at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial Real Estate

 

Commercial Construction

 

Commercial

 

Residential Real Estate

 

Consumer

 

Unallocated

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance

$

2,132 

 

$

294 

 

$

402 

 

$

2,529 

 

$

29 

 

$

682 

 

$

6,068 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

115 

 

$

255 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

370 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

2,132 

 

$

294 

 

$

287 

 

$

2,274 

 

$

29 

 

$

682 

 

$

5,698 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

289,304 

 

$

17,786 

 

$

34,955 

 

$

347,316 

 

$

745 

 

 

 

 

$

690,106 

Ending balance: individually evaluated  for impairment

$

3,644 

 

$

815 

 

$

321 

 

$

1,592 

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

$

6,372 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

285,660 

 

$

16,971 

 

$

34,634 

 

$

345,724 

 

$

745 

 

 

 

 

$

683,734 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for Loan Losses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending Balance

$

1,704 

 

$

401 

 

$

407 

 

$

1,955 

 

$

22 

 

$

1,125 

 

$

5,614 

Ending balance: individually evaluated for impairment

$

76 

 

$

 -

 

$

119 

 

$

202 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

397 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

1,628 

 

$

401 

 

$

288 

 

$

1,753 

 

$

22 

 

$

1,125 

 

$

5,217 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loans receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ending balance

$

249,454 

 

$

23,220 

 

$

34,182 

 

$

302,908 

 

$

972 

 

 

 

 

$

610,736 

Ending balance: individually evaluated  for impairment

$

5,204 

 

$

1,376 

 

$

330 

 

$

1,271 

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

$

8,181 

Ending balance: collectively evaluated for impairment

$

244,250 

 

$

21,844 

 

$

33,852 

 

$

301,637 

 

$

972 

 

 

 

 

$

602,555 

 

Beginning with the allowance for loan losses calculation of March 31, 2015, management added a new qualitative factor into the calculation which resulted in a reduction of the unallocated portion of the allowance. This new factor was based on management's best judgment using relevant information available at the time of the evaluation and is supported throu gh documentation in a narrative accompanying the allowance for loan loss calculation.

57

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Troubled Debt Restructurings

 

The Company may grant a concession or modification for economic or legal reasons related to a borrower’s financial condition than it would not otherwise consider, resulting in a modified loan which is then identified as troubled debt restructuring (“TDR”).  The Company may modify loans through rate reductions, extensions to maturity, interest only payments, or payment modifications to better coincide the timing of payments due under the modified terms with the expected timing of cash flows from the borrowers’ operations.  Loan modifications are intended to minimize the economic loss and to avoid foreclosure or repossession of the collateral.  TDRs are considered impaired loans for purposes of calculating the Company’s allowance for loan losses.

 

The Company identifies loans for potential restructure primarily through direct communication with the borrower and the evaluation of the borrower’s financial statements, revenue projections, tax returns, and credit reports.  Even if the borrower is not presently in default, management will consider the likelihood that cash flow shortages, adverse economic conditions, and negative trends may result in a payment default in the near future.

 

The following table presents TDRs outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

Accrual Loans

 

Non-Accrual Loans

 

Total Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

3,145 

 

$

 -

 

$

3,145 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

260 

 

 

 -

 

 

260 

 

 

Commercial

 

255 

 

 

 -

 

 

255 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

1,063 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,063 

 

 

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

$

4,723 

 

$

 -

 

$

4,723 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

Accrual Loans

 

Non-Accrual Loans

 

Total Modifications

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

Commercial real estate

$

3,401 

 

$

314 

 

$

3,715 

 

 

Commercial construction

 

260 

 

 

 -

 

 

260 

 

 

Commercial

 

264 

 

 

 -

 

 

264 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

1,050 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,050 

 

 

Consumer

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

$

4,975 

 

$

314 

 

$

5,289 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The following table presents newly restructured loans that occurred during the year s end ed December 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Loans

 

Pre-Modification Outstanding Balance

 

Post- Modification Outstanding Balance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Residential real estate

 

 1

 

$

142 

 

$

142 

 

 

 

 

 

 1

 

$

142 

 

$

142 

 

 

 

Year Ending December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

Commercial

 

 1

 

$

262 

 

$

260 

 

 

 

 

 

 1

 

$

262 

 

$

260 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Of the TDRs listed above, there was not an impairment reserve recorded in the allowance for loan losses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2015. One loan required an impairment reserve of $ 53 thousand recorded in the allowance for loan losses for the twelve months ended December 31, 2014. As of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, no available commitments were outstanding on TDRs.    

 

There were no loans that were modified and classified as a TDR within the prior twelve months that experienced a payment default (loans ninety or more days past due) during the twelve months ended December 31, 2015 .

 

Note 5 - Bank Premises and Equipment

The components of premises and equipment at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

$

2,710 

 

$

2,499 

Leasehold improvements

 

2,715 

 

 

2,225 

Computer equipment and data processing software

 

2,303 

 

 

1,756 

Automobiles

 

182 

 

 

166 

Construction in progress

 

56 

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,966 

 

 

6,646 

Accumulated depreciation

 

(5,708)

 

 

(5,131)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,258 

 

$

1,515 

 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $605 thousand and $643 thousand, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

59

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 6 – Deposits

 

The components of deposits at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Demand, non-interest bearing

$

                89,959

 

$

68,467 

Demand, NOW and money market, interest bearing

 

                67,402

 

 

63,263 

Savings

 

              406,361

 

 

405,964 

Time, $100 and over

 

                59,533

 

 

42,122 

Time, other

 

                 37,011

 

 

31,852 

Total deposits

$

               660,266

 

$

611,668 

 

At December 31, 2015 , the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

$

52,441 

 

 

2017

 

12,772 

 

 

2018

 

17,750 

 

 

2019

 

7,465 

 

 

2020

 

6,116 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

96,544 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Time deposits with individual balances equal to or greater than $250,000 (FDIC insurance limit) at December 31, 201 5 and 201 4   totaled $23.1 million and $18.3 million, respectively .

 

 

 

 

Note 7 - Securities Sold under Agreements to Repurchase

 

Securities sold under agreements to repurchase generally mature within a few days from the transaction date and are reflected at the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction. The securities are retained under the Company’s control at its safekeeping agent. The Company adjusts collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities, on a monthly basis. Information concerning securities sold under agreements to repurchase for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is summarized as follows: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance outstanding at December 31

$

27,535 

 

 

$

30,304 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate at the end of the year

 

0.058 

%

 

 

0.065 

%

 

Average daily balance during the year

$

32,336 

 

 

$

30,597 

 

 

Weighted average interest rate during the year

 

0.054 

%

 

 

0.056 

%

 

Maximum month-end balance during the year

$

34,156 

 

 

$

31,923 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

N ote 8 – Short-term and Long-term Borrowings

 

The Bank has borrowing capacity with the FHLB of approximately $399.9 million , which includes a line of credit for $150.0 million. Long-term loans outstanding with the FHLB totaled $3.8 million as of December 31, 2015. There were no outstanding long-term loans outstanding with the FHLB as of December 31, 2014. Short-term loans outstanding with FHLB totaled $39.3 million and $9.0 million as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively. The increase in short-term loans outstanding with FHLB was primarily used to fund loan growth and investment security purchases. All FHLB borrowings are secured by qualifying assets of the Bank.

 

The Bank has a fed eral funds line of credit with ACBB of approximately $ 10.0 million, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2015   and 2014 . Advances from this line are unsecured.

 

The Company has one line of credit with Univest Bank and Trust Co., totaling $ 4.0 million, of which none was outstanding at December 31, 2015. This line of credit is secured by 333,333 shares of Bank common stock, subordinate to all senior indebtedness of the Company.  The Company p aid off a second line of credit in 2015 with Univest Bank and Trust Co., totaling $ 6 .0 million, at origination, of which $1.9 million was outstanding at December 31, 2014.  

 

The components of long-term borrowings with the FHLB at December 31, 2015 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity Date

 

Interest
Rate

 

Outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

April 2016

 

0.26%

$

667 

 

 

April 2017

 

0.48%

 

668 

 

 

April 2018

 

0.69%

 

779 

 

 

April 2019

 

0.88%

 

836 

 

 

April 2020

 

1.06%

 

870 

 

 

Total Outstanding Borrowings

 

 

$

3,820 

 

 

 

 

 

Subsequent to year end 2015 , on March 18, 2016, the Company repaid the entire $3.8 million in long-term borrowings with the FHLB. In connection to this repayment a penalty of $432 was incurred .

 

The components of long-term borrowings with Univest at December 31, 2014   were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Maturity Date

 

Interest
Rate

 

Outstanding

 

 

November 2015, repaid

 

7.50%

$

1,900 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

61

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

Note 9 - Lease Commitments

The Company leases its banking premises under leases which the Company classifies as operating leases.  These leases expire at various dates through August 2025 .  In addition to fixed rentals, the leases require the Company to pay certain additional expenses of occupying these spaces, including real estate taxes, insurance, utilities and repairs.  A portion of these leases are with related parties as described below.

 

Future minimum lease payments by year and in the aggregate, under all lease agreements, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Related
Parties

 

Third
Parties

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2016

 

418 

 

 

855 

 

 

1,273 

 

 

2017

 

108 

 

 

881 

 

 

989 

 

 

2018

 

46 

 

 

902 

 

 

948 

 

 

2019

 

46 

 

 

654 

 

 

700 

 

 

2020

 

46 

 

 

130 

 

 

176 

 

 

Thereafter

 

11 

 

 

 -

 

 

11 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

675 

 

$

3,422 

 

$

4,097 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total rent expense was $ 1. 2 million for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 . Rent expense to related parties was $ 4 10 thousand and $403 thousand   for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively (see Note 14) .

 

Note 10 - Employment Agreements and Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans

 

The Company has entered into employment agreements with its Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Executive Vice President of Commercial Lending.

 

The Company has a non-qualified Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (“SERP”) for certain executive officers that provide s for payments upon retirement, death or disability.  As of December 31, 2015 and 2014 ,   respectively, other liabilities include $ 3 .4 million and  $ 3.0 million , respectively, accrued under these plans.  For the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, $ 377 thousand and $ 808 thousand , respectively, were expensed under these plans.

 

 

Note 11 - Stock Incentive Plan

 

At the Company’s annual meeting on June 16, 2010, the shareholders approved the Embassy Bancorp, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “SIP”).  The SIP authorizes the Board of Directors, or a committee authorized by the Board of Directors, to award a stock based incentive to (i) designated officers (including officers who are directors) and other designated employees at the Company and its subsidiaries, and (ii) non-employee members of the Board of Directors and advisors and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries.  The SIP provides for stock based incentives in the form of incentive stock options as provided in Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock and deferred stock awards.  The term of the option, the amount of time for the option to vest after grant, if any, and other terms and limitations will be determined at the time of grant. Options granted under the SIP may not have an exercise period that is more than ten years from the time the option is granted.   At inception, the aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the SIP was 500,000 .  The SIP provides for appropriate adjustments in the number and kind of shares available for grant or subject

62

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

to outstanding awards under the SIP to avoid dilution in the event of merger, stock splits, stock dividends or other changes in the capitalization of the Company.  The SIP expires on June 15, 2020 At December 31, 2015, there were 328,144 shares available for issuance under the SIP.

 

The Company grants shares of restricted stock , under the SIP,   to certain members of its Board of Directors as compensation for their services, in accordance with the Company’s Non-employee Directors Compensation program adopted in October 2010 . The Company also granted restricted stock to certain officers under individual agreements with these officers .  Some of the se restricted stock awards vest immediately, while the remainder vest over three to nine service years.  Management recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of the restricted stock awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. Since inception of the plan and through the Company’s restricted stock grants activity for the year ended December 31, 2015 , there ha ve been 59,840 awards granted.  During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 there were 32,875 and 10,209 awards granted , respectively . During the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 the Company recognized $ 96 thousand and $ 76 thousand in compensation expense for the restricted stock awards.

 

Information regarding the Company’s restricted stock grants activity for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

Weighted Average Grant Date

Fair Value

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Vested at December 31, 2013

 -

 

$

 -

 

Granted

10,209 

 

 

7.51 

 

Vested

(10,209)

 

 

7.51 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Vested at December 31, 2014

 -

 

$

 -

 

Granted

32,875 

 

 

10.83 

 

Vested

(9,122)

 

 

10.55 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-Vested at December 31, 2015

23,753 

 

$

10.94 

 

 

In January 2014, February 2013 and 2012, the Company granted stock options to purchase 29,663 ,   29,742 and 52,611 shares of stock to certain executive officers in accordance with their respective employment agreements.  No stock options were granted in 2015. Stock compensation expense related to these options was $ 45 thousand and $ 98 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  At December 31, 2015, approximately $ 28 thousand unrecognized cost to these stock options granted in 2014 and 2013 will be recognized over the next 1.05 and 0.15 years, respectively.   The fair value of the options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was determined with the following weighted average assumptions: dividend yield of 0% , risk free interest rate of 2.30 % ,   1.34% and 1.43% , respectively, expected life of 6.0 years, 6.0 years and 7.5 years, respectively, and expected volatility of 28.93% ,   28.79% and 31.10% , respectively.  The weighted average fair value of options granted in 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $2.46 ,   $2.14 and $2.56 per share, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

Activities under the SIP , related to stock options, is summarized as follows: 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of
Options

 

 

Weighted
Average Exercise Price

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2013

149,692 

 

$

8.35 

 

Granted

29,663 

 

 

7.51 

 

Exercised

(33,874)

 

 

10.00 

 

Forfeited

(33,465)

 

 

10.00 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2014

112,016 

 

$

7.14 

 

Granted

 -

 

 

 -

 

Exercised

 -

 

 

 -

 

Forfeited

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, December 31, 2015

112,016 

 

$

7.14 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable, December 31, 2015

82,327 

 

$

7.06 

 

Stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 are exercisable at prices ranging from $ 6.56 to $ 7.66 per share. The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2015 is 5.91 years and   5.61 years , respectively . The weighted-average remaining contractual life of options outstanding and exercisable at December 31, 2014   was 6.91 years and 6.36 years, respectively. At December 31, 2015, the aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding and exercisable was $ 194 thousand.  The intrinsic value was determined by using the latest known sales price of the Company’s common stock. For the years ending December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised w as $ 3 28 thousand, respectively.

 

The following table summarizes information about the range of exercise prices for stock options outstanding at December 31, 2015 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Range of Exercise
Price

 

Weighted
Average
Exercise Price

 

Number
Outstanding

 

Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)

 

Number
Exercisable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$6.56 to $7.66

 

$

7.14 

 

112,016 

 

5.91 

 

82,327 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

112,016 

 

5.91 

 

82,327 

 

 

64

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 12 – Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on available for sale securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income, are components of comprehensive income (loss).

 

The components of other comprehensive income (loss), both before tax and net of tax, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Before

 

Tax

 

Net of

 

Before

 

Tax

 

Net of

 

 

Tax

 

Effect

 

Tax

 

Tax

 

Effect

 

Tax

Change in accumulated other comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrealized holding (losses) gains on securities
   available for sale

 

$

(182)

 

$

62 

 

$

(120)

 

$

1,434 

 

$

(484)

 

$

950 

Reclassification adjustments for gains on securities
   transactions included in net income (A),(B)

 

 

(165)

 

 

56 

 

 

(109)

 

 

(33)

 

 

 

 

(25)

Total other comprehensive (loss) income

 

$

(347)

 

$

118 

 

$

(229)

 

$

1,401 

 

$

(476)

 

$

925 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(A) Realized gains on securities transactions included in gain on sales of securities, net, in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

(B) Tax effect included in income tax expense in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Income.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A summary of the realized gains on securities available for sale, net of tax, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

Securities available for sale:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Realized gains on securities transactions

 

$

(165)

 

$

(33)

Income taxes

 

 

56 

 

 

Net of tax

 

$

(109)

 

$

(25)

 

 

65

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

A summary of the accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax, is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Securities

 

 

Available

 

 

for Sale

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2015 and 2014

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2015

 

$

1,465 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

 

(120)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
   comprehensive income

 

 

(109)

Net other comprehensive loss during the period

 

 

(229)

Balance December 31, 2015

 

$

1,236 

 

 

 

 

Balance January 1, 2014

 

$

540 

Other comprehensive income before reclassifications

 

 

950 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other
   comprehensive income

 

 

(25)

Net other comprehensive income during the period

 

 

925 

Balance December 31, 2014

 

$

1,465 

 

 

 

 

\

 

Note 13 - Federal Income Taxes  

The components of income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

$

2,981 

 

 

$

2,939 

 

 

Deferred

 

(33)

 

 

 

(460)

 

 

 

$

2,948 

 

 

$

2,479 

 

 

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax at a rate of 34% to the income tax expense included in the statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 is as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal income tax at statutory rate

$

3,521 

 

$

3,021 

 

 

Tax free interest

 

(518)

 

 

(510)

 

 

Other

 

(55)

 

 

(32)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,948 

 

$

2,479 

 

 

66

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

The Company follows guidance in ASC Topic 740 regarding accounting for uncertainty in income taxes. The Company has evaluated its tax positions. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed to occur. The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that has a likelihood of being realized on examination of more than 50 percent. For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit is recorded. Under the “more likely than not” threshold guidelines, the Company believes no significant uncertain tax positions exist, either individually or in the aggregate, that would give rise to the non-recognition of an existing tax benefit. As of   December 31, 2015 and 2014 ,   the Company had no material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued int erest and penalties. The Company’s policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties as a component of other expense. The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax.

 

The components of the net deferred tax asset at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for loan losses

$

2,063 

 

$

1,909 

Accrued SERP

 

1,159 

 

 

1,031 

Other

 

406 

 

 

502 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Assets

 

3,628 

 

 

3,442 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Premises and equipment

 

25 

 

 

 -

Prepaid assets

 

320 

 

 

303 

N on-qualified   s tock a wards

 

 

 

 -

Deferred loan costs

 

481 

 

 

373 

Unrealized gain on securities available for sale

 

636 

 

 

754 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Deferred Tax Liabilities

$

1,465 

 

$

1,430 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Deferred Tax Asset

$

2,163 

 

$

2,012 

 

Based upon the level of historical taxable income and projections for future taxable income over periods in which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of these deductible differences.

 

67

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 14 - Transactions with Executive Officers, Directors and Principal Stockholders

The Company has had, and may be expected to have in the future, banking transactions in the ordinary course of business with its executive officers, directors, principal stockholders, their immediate families and affiliated companies (commonly referred to as related parties).  

 

Related parties were indebted to the Company for loans totaling $4.7 million and $3.3 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  During 2015, loans totaling $3.3 million were disbursed and loan repayments totaled $1. 9 million.

 

Deposits with related parties were $ 20.5 million and $ 23.4 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.  

 

Fees paid to related parties for legal services for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were approximately $ 104 thousand and $ 84 thousand, respectively . The Company leases its main banking office from an investment group comprised of related parties and its West Broad Street office also from a related party, as described in Note 9.

 

Note 1 5 - Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk

 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and letters of credit. Such commitments involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the balance sheets.

 

The Company's exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instrument for commitments to extend credit and letters of credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance sheet instruments.

 

At December 31, 2015 and 2014 , the following financial instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to grant loans, fixed

$

5,745 

 

$

5,696 

 

 

Commitments to grant loans, variable

 

 -

 

 

200 

 

 

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit, fixed

 

22,679 

 

 

14,921 

 

 

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit, variable

 

65,142 

 

 

57,310 

 

 

Standby letters of credit

 

3,857 

 

 

4,417 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

97,423 

 

$

82,544 

 

 

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Since many of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. The Company evaluates each customer’s credit worthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained, if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit, is based on management’s credit evaluation.

 

 

 

 

 

68

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Collateral held varies but may include personal or commercial real estate, accounts receivable, inventory and equipment.

 

Outstanding letters of credit written are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The majority of these standby letters of credit expire within the next twelve months. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending other loan commitments. The Company requires collateral supporting these letters of credit as deemed necessary. The maximum undiscounted exposure related to these commitments at December 31, 2015 and 2014 was $3.9 million and  $ 4. 4 million, respectively, and the approximate value of underlying collateral upon liquidation that would be expected to cover this maximum potential exposure was $3.7 million and $ 4.1 million, respectively. The current amount of the liability as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued is not considered material.

 

Note 1 6 - Regulatory Matters

 

The Company is required to maintain cash reserve balances in vault cash and with the Federal Reserve Bank. As of December 31, 2015 , the Company had a $4.0 million minimum reserve balance .

 

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. The final rules implementing BASEL Committee on Banking Supervisor’s Capital Guidance for U.S. banks (BASEL III rules) became effective for the Company on January 1, 2015, with full compliance with all of the requirements being phased in over a multi-year schedule and fully phased in by January 1, 2019. The net unrealized gain or losses available-for-sale securities is not included in computing regulatory capital amounts and ratios for December 31, 2014 are calculated using BASEL I rules. Failure to meet the minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, both the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Bank’s assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk-weightings and other factors.

 

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total , Tier 1 common capital, and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2015 , that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

 

As of December 31, 2015 , the most recent notification from the regulatory agencies categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.

 

69

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital Adequacy
Purposes

 

To be Well Capitalized under
Prompt Corrective Action
Provisions

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

$

72,880 

 

12.6 

%

 

$

46,377 

 

8.0 

%

 

$

57,971 

 

10.0 

%

 

Tier 1 common capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

66,812 

 

11.5 

 

 

 

26,087 

 

4.5 

 

 

 

37,681 

 

6.5 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

66,812 

 

11.5 

 

 

 

34,783 

 

6.0 

 

 

 

46,377 

 

8.0 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

66,812 

 

8.4 

 

 

 

31,948 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

39,935 

 

5.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

$

67,124 

 

13.5 

%

 

$

39,849 

 

8.0 

%

 

$

49,811 

 

10.0 

%

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

61,510 

 

12.4 

 

 

 

19,925 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

29,887 

 

6.0 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

61,510 

 

8.5 

 

 

 

28,846 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

36,057 

 

5.0 

 

 

The Company’s actual capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are presented below:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Actual

 

For Capital Adequacy
Purposes

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

Amount

 

Ratio

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollar Amounts in Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

$

72,933 

 

12.6 

%

 

$

46,378 

 

8.0 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 common capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

66,865 

 

11.5 

 

 

 

26,088 

 

4.5 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

66,865 

 

11.5 

 

 

 

34,784 

 

6.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

66,865 

 

8.3 

 

 

 

32,231 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)

$

65,482 

 

13.2 

%

 

$

39,851 

 

8.0 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to risk-weighted assets)

 

59,868 

 

12.0 

 

 

 

19,926 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital (to average assets)

 

59,868 

 

8.2 

 

 

 

29,092 

 

4.0 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Bank is subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that it may declare due to regulatory considerations. The Pennsylvania Banking Code provides that cash dividends may be declared and paid only out of accumulated net earnings.

 

70

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 17 – Offsetting Assets and Liabilities

 

The Company enters into agreements under which it sells securities subject to an obligation to repurchase the same or similar securities.  Under these arrangements, the Company may transfer legal control over the assets but still retain effective control through an agreement that both entitles and obligates the Company to repurchase the assets.  As a result, these repurchase agreements are accounted for as collateralized financing arrangements (i.e., secured borrowings) and not as a sale and subsequent repurchase of securities.  The obligation to repurchase the securities is reflected as a liability in the Company's consolidated statements of condition, while the securities underlying the repurchase agreements remain in the respective investment securities asset accounts. In other words, there is no offsetting or netting of the investment securities assets with the repurchase agreement liabilities. In addition, as the Company does not enter into reverse repurchase agreements, there is no such offsetting to be done with the repurchase agreements.

 

The right of setoff for a repurchase agreement resembles a secured borrowing, whereby the collateral would be used to settle the fair value of the repurchase agreement should the Company be in default (e.g., fails to make an interest payment to the counterparty). For private institution repurchase agreements, if the private institution counterparty were to default (e.g., declare bankruptcy), the Company could cancel the repurchase agreement (i.e., cease payment of principal and interest), and attempt collection on the amount of collateral value in excess of the repurchase agreement fair value. The collateral is held by a third party financial institution in the counterparty's custodial account. The counterparty has the right to sell or repledge the investment securities. For government entity repurchase agreements, the collateral is held by the Company in a segregated custodial account under a tri-party agreement.

 

The following table presents the liabilities subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Amounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross

 

 

Gross Amounts

 

 

of Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amounts of

 

 

Offset in the

 

 

Presented in the

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Recognized

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Consolidated

 

 

Financial

 

 

Cash Collateral

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

Balance Sheet

 

 

Instruments

 

 

Pledged

 

 

Net Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

December 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase Agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Institutions

 

$

27,535 

 

$

 -

 

$

27,535 

 

$

(27,535)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repurchase Agreements:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Institutions

 

$

30,304 

 

$

 -

 

$

30,304 

 

$

(30,304)

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 , the fair value of securities pledged was $ 35.0 million and   $3 4.5 million, respectively.

71

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 1 8 - Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

The Company uses fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures.  The fair value of a financial instrument is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. Fair value is best determined based upon quoted market prices. However, in many instances, there are no quoted market prices for the Company’s various financial instruments. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques.  Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. Accordingly, the fair value estimates may not be realized in an immediate settlement of the instrument.

 

Fair value guidance provides a consistent definition of fair value, which focuses on exit price in an orderly transaction (that is, not a forced liquidation or distressed sale) between market participants at the measurement date under current market conditions. If there has been a significant decrease in the volume and level of activity for the asset or liability, a change in valuation technique or the use of multiple valuation techniques may be appropriate. In such instances, determining the price at which willing market participants would transact at the measurement date under current market conditions depends on the facts and circumstances and requires the use of significant judgment. The fair value is a reasonable point within the range that is most representative of fair value under current market conditions.

 

ASC Topic 860 establishes a fair value hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation methods used to measure fair value. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements). The three levels of the fair value hierarchy under ASC Topic 860 are as follows:

 

Level 1 : Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities.

 

Level 2 : Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

 

Level 3 : Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).

An asset’s or liability’s level within the fair value hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

72

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

For financial assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy utilized at December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows:  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description

(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets

 

(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs

 

(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

 -

 

$

34,570 

 

$

 -

 

$

34,570 

 

Municipal bonds

 

 -

 

 

41,204 

 

 

 -

 

 

41,204 

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

 -

 

 

1,479 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,479 

 

December 31, 2015 Securities available for sale

$

 -

 

$

77,253 

 

$

 -

 

$

77,253 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. Government agency obligations

$

 -

 

$

30,076 

 

$

 -

 

$

30,076 

 

Municipal bonds

 

 -

 

 

38,624 

 

 

 -

 

 

38,624 

 

U.S. Government Sponsored Enterprise (GSE) -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  Mortgage-backed securities - residential

 

 -

 

 

7,501 

 

 

 -

 

 

7,501 

 

Corporate bonds

 

 -

 

 

996 

 

 

 -

 

 

996 

 

December 31, 2014 Securities available for sale

$

 -

 

$

77,197 

 

$

 -

 

$

77,197 

 

 

For financial assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used at December 31, 2015 and 2014   are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Description

(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets

 

(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs

 

(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

December 31, 2015 Impaired loans (1)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

785 

 

$

785 

 

 

December 31, 2015 Impaired loans (2)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

 

December 31, 2015 Other real estate owned (1)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

1,224 

 

$

1,224 

 

 

December 31, 2014 Impaired loans (1)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

863 

 

$

863 

 

 

December 31, 2014 Impaired loans (2)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

479 

 

$

479 

 

 

December 31, 2014 Other real estate owned (1)

$

 -

 

$

 -

 

$

1,106 

 

$

1,106 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1) Fair Value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various

 

Level 3 input which are not identifiable. Fair values may also include qualitative adjustments by management based on economic

 

conditions and liquidation expenses.

 

(2) Fair Value determined using the debt service of the borrower.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Impaired loans are those that are accounted for under existing FASB guidance ,   in which the Bank has measured impairment generally based on the fair value of the loan’s collateral. Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third-party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements.

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold and are carried at fair value less estimated cost to sell.  Fair value is based upon independent market prices or appraised value of the property.  These assets are included in Level 3 fair value based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

 

At December 31, 2015 , of the impaired loans having an aggregate balance of $6.4   million, $ 5.2 million did not require a valuation allowance because the value of the collateral securing the loan was determined to meet or exceed the balance owed on the loan. Of the remaining $ 1.2 million in impaired loans, an aggregate valuation allowance of $ 370 thousand wa s required to reflect what was determined to be a shortfall in the value of the collateral as compared to the balance on such loans.

 

Real estate properties acquired through, or in lieu of, foreclosure are to be sold and are carried at fair value less estimated cost to sell.  Fair value is based upon independent market prices or appraised value of the property.  These assets are included in Level 3 fair value based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.  

74

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The foll owing table presents additional quantitative information about assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis and for which the Company has utilized Level 3 inputs to determine fair value:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair Value Measurements

 

Description

Fair Value
Estimate

 

Valuation Techniques

 

Unobservable Input

 

Range
(Weighted Average)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Dollars In Thousands)

 

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

785 

 

Appraisal of collateral (1)

 

Appraisal adjustments (2)

 

0 % to -25%  ( -25.0% )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidation expenses (3)

 

0% to -7.5%  ( -7.5% )

 

Impaired loans

$

 -

 

Discounted Cash Flows (5)

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

$

1,224 

 

Listings, Letters of Intent & Third Party Evaluations (4)

 

Liquidation expenses (3)

 

-5%  ( -5% )

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impaired loans

$

863 

 

Appraisal of collateral (1)

 

Appraisal adjustments (2)

 

0% to -25%  ( -17.6% )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liquidation expenses (3)

 

0% to -8.5%  ( -8.2% )

 

Impaired loans

$

479 

 

Discounted Cash Flows (5)

 

 

 

 

 

Other real estate owned

$

1,106 

 

Listings, Letters of Intent & Third Party Evaluations (4)

 

Liquidation expenses (3)

 

-5%  ( -5% )

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Fair value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally include various

 

 

Level 3 inputs which are not identifiable. 

 

(2)

Appraisals may be adjusted by management for qualitative factors including economic conditions and the age of the appraisal. 

 

 

The range and weighted average of appraisal adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal.

 

(3)

Appraisals and pending agreements of sale are adjusted by management for liquidation expenses.  The range and weighted average

 

 

of liquidation expense adjustments are presented as a percent of the appraisal or pending agreement of sale.

 

(4)

Fair value is determined by listings, letters of intent or third-party evaluations.

 

(5)

Fair value is determined using the debt service of the borrower.

 

 

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company’s assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company’s disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair values of the Company’s financial instruments at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014 :

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets’ fair value s.

 

Interest Bearing Time Deposits (Carried at Cost)

 

Fair values for fixed-rate time certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits. The Company generally purchases amounts below the insured limit, limiting the amount of credit risk on these time deposits.

75

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Securities Available for Sale (Carried at Fair Value)

The fair value of securities available for sale are determined by matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities, but rather by relying on the securities’ relationship to other benchmark quoted prices. For these securities, the Company obtains fair value measurements from an independent pricing service.  The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, the U.S. Treasury yield curve, live trading levels, trade execution data, market consensus prepayment speeds, credit information and the security’s terms and conditions, among other things.

 

Loans Receivable (Carried at Cost)

The fair values of loans, excluding impaired loans carried at fair value of collateral, are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans. Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity or call dates, and projected repayments and prepayments of principal. Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with n o significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.

 

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value, and considers the limited mark etability of such securities.

 

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

 

Deposit Liabilities (Carried at Cost)

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

 

Securities Sold Under Agreements to Repurchase and Short-term Borrowings (Carried at Cost)

These borrowings are short term and the carrying amount approximates the fair value.

 

Long-Term Borrowings (Carried at Cost)

Fair values of FHLB and Univest advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB and Univest advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. Th ese prices obtained from this active market represent a market value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments (Disclosed at Cost)

 

Fair values for the Company’s off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties’ credit standing.

76

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

The estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 2015 and 2014 :

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Carrying Amount

 

 

Fair Value Estimate

 

 

(Level 1) Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets

 

 

(Level 2) Significant Other Observable Inputs

 

 

(Level 3) Significant Unobservable Inputs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In Thousands)

December 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

19,526 

 

$

19,527 

 

$

19,527 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Interest bearing time deposits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

77,253 

 

 

77,253 

 

 

 -

 

 

77,253 

 

 

 -

Loans receivable, net of allowance

 

 

684,047 

 

 

688,645 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

688,645 

Restricted investments in bank stock

 

 

2,178 

 

 

2,178 

 

 

 -

 

 

2,178 

 

 

 -

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

1,637 

 

 

1,637 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,637 

 

 

 -

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

660,266 

 

 

639,677 

 

 

 -

 

 

639,677 

 

 

 -

Securities sold under agreements to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  repurchase and federal funds purchased

 

 

27,535 

 

 

27,529 

 

 

 -

 

 

27,529 

 

 

 -

Short-term borrowings

 

 

39,306 

 

 

39,273 

 

 

 -

 

 

39,273 

 

 

 -

Long-term borrowings

 

 

3,820 

 

 

3,740 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

3,740 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

462 

 

 

462 

 

 

 -

 

 

462 

 

 

 -

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to grant loans

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Standby letters of credit

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

16,390 

 

$

16,390 

 

$

16,390 

 

$

 -

 

$

 -

Interest bearing time deposits

 

 

250 

 

 

251 

 

 

 -

 

 

251 

 

 

 -

Securities available-for-sale

 

 

77,197 

 

 

77,197 

 

 

 -

 

 

77,197 

 

 

 -

Loans receivable, net of allowance

 

 

604,697 

 

 

611,256 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

611,256 

Restricted investments in bank stock

 

 

784 

 

 

784 

 

 

 -

 

 

784 

 

 

 -

Accrued interest receivable

 

 

1,599 

 

 

1,599 

 

 

 -

 

 

1,599 

 

 

 -

Financial liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deposits

 

 

611,668 

 

 

611,975 

 

 

 -

 

 

611,975 

 

 

 -

Securities sold under agreements to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  repurchase and federal funds purchased

 

 

30,304 

 

 

30,302 

 

 

 -

 

 

30,302 

 

 

 -

Short-term borrowings

 

 

9,000 

 

 

9,000 

 

 

 

 

 

9,000 

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

 

 

1,900 

 

 

1,877 

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

1,877 

Accrued interest payable

 

 

349 

 

 

349 

 

 

 -

 

 

349 

 

 

 -

Off-balance sheet financial instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments to grant loans

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Unfunded commitments under lines of credit

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

Standby letters of credit

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

77

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Note 19 – Parent Company Only Financial

 

Conde nsed financial information pertaining only to the parent company, Embassy Bancorp, Inc., is as follows:

 

BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash

$

209 

 

$

410 

 

Other assets

 

19 

 

 

26 

 

Investment in subsidiary

 

68,046 

 

 

62,972 

 

Total Assets

$

68,274 

 

$

63,408 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term borrowings

$

 -

 

$

1,900 

 

Other liabilities

 

174 

 

 

178 

 

Stockholders’ equity

 

68,100 

 

 

61,330 

 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

$

68,274 

 

$

63,408 

 

 

            

 

 

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ending December 31,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

   (In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense on borrowings

$

(83)

 

$

(258)

 

Other expenses

 

(291)

 

 

(291)

 

Equity in net income of banking subsidiary

 

7,665 

 

 

6,776 

 

Income before income taxes

 

7,291 

 

 

6,227 

 

Income tax benefit

 

118 

 

 

178 

 

Net income

$

7,409 

 

$

6,405 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in other comprehensive ( loss ) gain of banking subsidiary

 

(229)

 

 

925 

 

Comprehensive income

$

7,180 

 

$

7,330 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

78

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ending December 31,

 

 

2015

 

2014

 

 

(In Thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities :

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

$

7,409 

 

$

6,405 

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided

 

 

 

 

 

 

by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net change in other assets and liabilities

 

 

 

(1)

 

Equity in net income of banking subsidiary

 

(7,665)

 

 

(6,776)

 

Net Cash Used in Operating Activities

 

(253)

 

 

(372)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend from banking subsidiary

 

2,412 

 

 

2,185 

 

Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities

 

2,412 

 

 

2,185 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Repayment of long-term borrowings

 

(1,900)

 

 

(2,000)

 

Exercise of stock options, net of payment stock tendered

 

 

 

 

 

 

and proceeds from DRIP

 

276 

 

 

288 

 

Dividends Paid

 

(736)

 

 

(440)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Cash Used in Financing Activities       

 

(2,360)

 

 

(2,152)

 

Net Decrease in Cash

 

(201)

 

 

(339)

 

Cash – Beginning

 

410 

 

 

749 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash - Ending

$

209 

 

$

410 

 

 

 

 

79

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Item 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING

AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

 

None.

 

Item 9A . CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

 

    (a)  Disclosure Controls and Procedures.

 

The Company maintains controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the Securities and Exchange Commission. Based upon their evaluation of those controls and procedures as of December 31, 2015 , the Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officers of the Company concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective .

 

    (b) Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

 

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the supervision and with the participation of the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the Internal Control- Integrated Framework (updated 2013 framework version) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Based on our evaluation under the framework, management has concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015 .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating

 

 

Officer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which exempt smaller reporting companies from this requirement, thus permitting the Company to provide only management’s report in this annual report.

 

    (c)  Changes in Internal Controls Over Financial Reporting.

 

There have not been any changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) during the final fiscal quarter of the year to which this report relates that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

80

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

Item 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

 

None.

81

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

PART III

 

Item 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

 

The information required by Part III, Item 10, is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Board of Directors,” “Information as to Nominees and Directors,” “Executive Officers,” “Nominating Process,” “Code of Conduct (Ethics),” “Committees of the Board” and “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Company’s 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 11 . EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

 

The information required by Part III, Item 11, is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Director Compensation,” “Executive Compensation” and “Agreements with Executive Officers” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in co nnection with the Company’s 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

The information required by Part III, Item 12, is incorporated herein by reference to the information under Item 5 of this report and the information under the caption “Information Concerning Share Ownership” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in co nnection with the Company’s 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 13 . CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

 

The information required by Part III, Item 13, is incorporated herein by reference to the information under the captions “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Director Independence” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in connection with the Company’s 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

Item 14 . PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES.

 

The i nformation required by Part III, Item 14, is incorporated herein by reference to the i nformation under the captions “Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm ” and “Report of Audit Committee” in the Company’s definitive proxy statement to be filed with the SEC in co nnection with the Company’s 201 6 annual meeting of shareholders.

 

 

82

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Part IV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES .

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)

 

 

Financial Statement Schedules can be found under Item 8 of this report.

 

 

 

(b)

 

 

Exhibits required by Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

Articles of Incorporation, as amended (conformed).

 

 

 

3.2

 

 

By-Laws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2014).

 

 

 

10.1

 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on June 18, 2012).

 

 

 

10.2

 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

 

 

10.3

 

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement – Directors.

 

 

 

10.4

 

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement – Executive Officers.

 

 

 

10.5

 

 

Lease Agreement dated June 11, 2001 for the Rte. 512 Bethlehem office, Bethlehem, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.6

 

 

Lease Agreement dated October 21, 2005 for Hamilton Blvd. and Mill Creek Rd., Lower Macungie Township, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

Lease Addendum dated January 1, 2005 for additional space in the Rte. 512, Bethlehem office, Bethlehem, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

Lease Agreement dated March 11, 2009 for Cedar Crest Blvd., Allentown, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.9

 

 

Lease Agreement dated March 21, 2003 for Tilghman Street, Allentown, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.10

 

 

Lease Agreement dated March 17, 2006 for 925 West Broad St, Bethlehem PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.11

 

 

Lease Agreement dated June 17, 2008 for 5828 Old Bethlehem Pike, Center Valley, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.12

 

 

Lease Agreement dated March 13, 2009 for Corriere Road and Route 248 in Lower Nazareth Township, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.13

 

 

Second Lease Expansion Addendum dated October 21, 2011 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Red Bird Associates, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2011).

 

 

 

10.14

 

 

Lease Renewal and Modification Agreement dated May 4, 2012 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Red Bird Associates LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2012).

 

 

 

10.15

 

 

Lease dated September 1, 2015 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Orwig Property Management Center Square, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2015).

 

 

 

10.16

 

 

Employment Agreement – D. Lobach, dated January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.17

 

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

83

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

 

10.18

 

 

Employment Agreement – J. Hunsicker, dated January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.19

 

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.20

 

 

Employment Agreement – J. Bartholomew, dated February 20, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.21

 

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.22

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.23

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 21, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011).

 

 

 

10.24

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.25

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

 

10.26

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

 

10.27

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.28

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

 

10.29

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

 

10.30

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

10.31

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

 

10.32

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

 

10.33

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated December 23, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Item 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES. (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

 

10.34

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated December 23, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2015).

 

 

 

10.35

 

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and between Embassy Bancorp, Inc. and Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.36

 

 

Subordinated Term Loan Note, dated as of December 22, 2009, by Embassy Bancorp, Inc. in favor of Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

10.37

 

 

Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and between Embassy Bancorp, Inc. and Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

 

11.1

 

 

The statement regarding computation of per share earnings required by this exhibit is contained in Note 5 to the financial statements captions “Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share.”

 

 

 

21.1

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

 

23.1

 

 

Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause LLP.

 

 

 

31.1

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

 

31.2

 

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

 

32.1

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.1

 

 

XBRL - Related Documents

 

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  No.             Description

 

 

 

101. INS

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

 

101. SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

 

101. CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

101. LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

101. PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

101. DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

85

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15 (d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed in its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

By:

/s/ David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

By:

/s/ Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

 

 

 

Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

 

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating

 

 

 

 

 

Officer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed

 

below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ Frank Banko III

 

 

 

 

 

Frank Banko III, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ Geoffrey F. Boyer

 

 

 

 

 

Geoffrey F. Boyer, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ John B. Brew, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

John B. Brew, Jr., Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ John G. Englesson

 

 

 

 

 

John G. Englesson, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ Bernard M. Lesavoy

 

 

 

 

 

Bernard M. Lesavoy, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

 

 

 

David M. Lobach, Jr., Director and Chairman of the Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ John C. Pittman

 

 

 

 

 

John C. Pittman, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ Patti Gates Smith

 

 

 

 

 

Patti Gates Smith, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dated: March 30, 2016

 

 

/s/ John T. Yurconic

 

 

 

 

 

John T. Yurconic, Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

87

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

EXHIBIT INDEX

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

Number

 

Description

 

3.1

 

Articles of Incorporation, as amended (conformed).

 

3.2

 

By-Laws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on August 19, 2014).

 

10.1

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-3 filed on June 18, 2012).

 

10.2

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.3

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement – Directors.

 

10.4

 

Form of Stock Option Grant Agreement – Executive Officers.

 

10.5

 

Lease Agreement dated June 11, 2001 for the Rte. 512 Bethlehem office, Bethlehem, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.6

 

Lease Agreement dated October 21, 2005 for Hamilton Blvd. and Mill Creek Rd., Lower Macungie Township, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.7

 

Lease Addendum dated January 1, 2005 for additional space in the Rte. 512, Bethlehem office, Bethlehem, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.8

 

Lease Agreement dated March 11, 2009 for Cedar Crest Blvd., Allentown, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.9

 

Lease Agreement dated March 21, 2003 for Tilghman Street, Allentown, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.10

 

Lease Agreement dated March 17, 2006 for 925 West Broad St, Bethlehem PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.11

 

Lease Agreement dated June 17, 2008 for 5828 Old Bethlehem Pike, Center Valley, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.12

 

Lease Agreement dated March 13, 2009 for Corriere Road and Route 248 in Lower Nazareth Township, PA (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.13

 

Second Lease Expansion Addendum dated October 21, 2011 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Red Bird Associates, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on October 26, 2011).

 

10.14

 

Lease Renewal and Modification Agreement dated May 4, 2012 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Red Bird Associates LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on May 7, 2012).

 

10.15

 

Lease dated September 1, 2015 by and between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Orwig Property Management Center Square, LLC (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant's Form 8-K filed on September 3, 2015).

 

10.16

 

Employment Agreement – D. Lobach, dated January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

10.17

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

 

 

88

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

EXHIBIT INDEX (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

10.18

 

 

Employment Agreement – J. Hunsicker, dated January 1, 2006 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

10.19

 

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.20

 

 

Employment Agreement – J. Bartholomew, dated February 20, 2009 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

10.21

 

 

Amendment to Employment Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.22

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.23

 

 

Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 21, 2011 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on November 23, 2011).

 

 

10.24

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.25

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

10.26

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and David M. Lobach, Jr., dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

10.27

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.28

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

10.29

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

10.30

 

 

Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated November 19, 2010.

 

 

10.31

 

 

Amendment No. 2 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated January 1, 2013 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 2, 2013).

 

 

10.32

 

 

Amendment No. 3 to Amended and Restated Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated January 23, 2014 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on January 24, 2014).

 

 

10.33

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and Judith A. Hunsicker, dated December 23, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2015).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 


 

 

Embassy Bancorp, Inc.                                                                                                                          

 

EXHIBIT INDEX (Continued)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit

 

 

 

 

 

Number

 

 

Description

 

 

10.34

 

 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan Agreement between Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley and James R. Bartholomew, dated December 23, 2015 (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Registrant’s Form 8-K filed on December 29, 2015).

 

 

10.35

 

 

Loan Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and between Embassy Bancorp, Inc. and Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.32 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

10.36

 

 

Subordinated Term Loan Note, dated as of December 22, 2009, by Embassy Bancorp, Inc. in favor of Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.33 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

10.37

 

 

Stock Pledge Agreement, dated as of December 22, 2009, by and between Embassy Bancorp, Inc. and Univest National Bank and Trust Co. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.34 of Registrant’s Form 10-K filed on March 30, 2015).

 

 

11.1

 

 

The statement regarding computation of per share earnings required by this exhibit is contained in Note 5 to the financial statements captions “Basic and Diluted Earnings Per Share.”

 

 

21.1

 

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

 

23.1

 

 

Consent of Baker Tilly Virchow Krause LLP.

 

 

31.1

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

31.2

 

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a).

 

 

32.1

 

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 1350 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

101.1

 

 

XBRL - Related Documents

 

 

      

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  No.             Description

 

 

101. INS

XBRL Instance Document.

 

 

101. SCH

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document.

 

 

101. CAL

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document.

 

 

101. LAB

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document.

 

 

101. PRE

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document.

 

 

101. DEF

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

90

 


 

Exhibit 3.1

 

ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION OF
EMBASSY BANCORP , INC.  

(a Pennsylvania Business Stock Entity 15 Pa.C.S. §1306)

(conformed – as amended through June 19, 2009)

 

               FIRST:           The name of the Corporation is Embassy   Bancorp , Inc .

 

             SECOND:      The exact location and post office address of the principal place of business is:  100 Gateway Drive, Suite 100 Bethlehem, Pennsylvania  18017 .

 

THIRD:         The purpose of the Corporation is and it shall have unlimited power to engage in and to do any lawful act concerning any or all lawful business for which corporations may be incorporated under provisions of the Business Corporation Law of 1988, the Act approved December, 1988, P.L. 1444, as amended (the "Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law").

 

FOURTH:      The Corporation is incorporated under the provisions of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law.

 

FIFTH:           The Corporation is to exist perpetually.

 

              SIXTH:            The Corporation shall have authority to issue 30,000,000 shares of stock, of which 20,000,000 shall be common stock, $1.00 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares shall be preferred stock, $1.00 par value per share.   The Board of Directors is hereby authorized from time to time to provide by resolution for the issuance of any of the authorized but unissued shares of common stock of the Corporation.  Except as otherwise provided in this Article SIXTH (or in any supplementary sections hereto), the holders of common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power.  Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder.

 

The Board of Directors is hereby authorized to issue, in one or more classes or series, shares of preferred stock, with full, limited, multiple, fractional or no voting rights, and with such designations, preferences, qualifications, privileges, limitations, restrictions, options, conversion rights or other special or relative rights as shall be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

Except as otherwise provided in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of any particular class or series of preferred stock, the number of shares of stock of any such class or series so set forth in such resolution or resolutions may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares of such class or series then outstanding) by a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors.

 

Except as otherwise provide in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issuance of any particular class or series of preferred stock, preferred stock redeemed or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall assume the status of authorized but unissued preferred stock, shall be unclassified as to class or series and may thereafter, subject to the provisions of this Article SIXTH and to any restrictions contained in any resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors providing for the issue of any such class or series of preferred stock, be reissued in the same manner as other authorized but unissued preferred stock.

 

 

SEVENTH: The name and address o f each of the incorporators , each having subscribed for one (1) share of common stock, are:


 

          Place of residence and

Name     Post Office Address

David M. Lobach, Jr.       6932 Kings Hwy. S.

Zionsville, PA 18092

 

Judith A. Hunsicker       328 West St.

            Bethlehem, PA 18018

 

James R. Bartholomew   4519 Virginia Dr.

            Bethlehem, PA 18017

   

EIGH TH: No holder of shares of any class or of any series of any class shall have any preemptive right to subscribe for, purchase or receive any shares of the Corporation , whether now or hereafter authorized, or any obligations or other securities convertible into or carrying options or warrants to p urchase any such shares of the Corporation , or any options or rights to purchase any such shares or securities, issued or sold by the Corporation for cash or any other form of consideration, and any such shares, securities, options, warrants or rights may be issued or disposed by the Board of Directors to such persons and on such terms as the Board of Directors, in its discretion, shall deem advisable.

 

NINTH : (a) The Board of Directors may, if it deems it advisable, oppose a tender or other offer for the Corporation ’s securities, whether the offer is in cash or in the securities of a corporation or otherwise.  When considering whether to oppose an offer, the Board of Directors may, but is not legally obligated to, consider any relevant, germane or pertinent issue; by way of illustration, but not to be considered any limitation on the power of the Board of Directors to oppose a tender or other offer for this Corporatio n’s securities, the Board of Directors may, but shall not be legally obligated to, consider any or all of the following:

 

(i) Whether the offer price is acceptable based on the historical and present operating results or financial condition of the Corporatio n;

 

(ii) Whether a more favorable price could be obtained for this Corporation ’s securities in the future;

 

(iii) The social and economic effects of the offer or transaction on this Corporation and any of its subsidiaries, employees, depositors, loan and other customers, creditors, shareholders and other elements of the communities in which this Corporation and any of its subsidiaries operate or are located;

 

(iv) The value of the securities (if any) which the offeror is offering in exchange for the Corporation ’s securities, based on an analysis of the worth of the offeror or other entity whose securities are being offered;

 

(v) The business and financial conditions and earnings prospects of the offeror, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing or likely financial obligations of the offeror, and the possible a ffect of such conditions upon this Corporation and any of its subsidiaries in the communities in which they operate or are located; and

 

(vi) Any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the offer.

 

(b) If the Board of Directors determines that an offer should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to accomplish its purpose, including, but not limited to, any or all of the

-   2  -

 


 

following: advising shareholders not to accept the offer; litigation against the offeror; filing complaints with all governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the offeror institution’s securities; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued securities or treasury stock or granting options with respect thereto; acquiring a company to create an antitrust or other regulatory problem for the offeror; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity.

 

TE NTH: The power to make, alter, amend and repeal the Bylaws is expressly vested in the Board of Directors (except as to Bylaws fixing the qualifications, classifications or terms of office of Directors), subject however to the right of the shareholders to change such action by the affirmative vote of seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of common stock.

 

ELEVENTH : No merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution of the Corporation nor any action that would result in the sale or other disposition of all or substant ially all of the assets of the Corporation shall be valid unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation .  Th is   Eleventh Article may not be amended unless first approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of at least seventy percent (70%) of the outstanding shares of common stock of the Corporation .

 

TWELFTH: Subchapter E of Chapter 25 of the Pennsylvania Business Corporation Law (relating to the right of shareholders to receive payment for shares following a control transaction) shall not apply to the Corporation .

 

-   3  -

 


 

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amend ment”) made as of the 19 th   day of November, 2010 , by and between   DAVID M. LOBACH, JR. (“Executive”) and EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY , a Pennsylvania banking institution having its principal office in Bethlehem , Pennsylvania ( the Bank”) .

 

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS ,   the Bank and the Executive entered into an Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2006 (the “Employment Agreement”), and

WHEREAS ,   the Bank   and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement   to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. T he Employment Agreement is amended to provide that, for purposes of determining whether (i) the Executive has become permanently disable d” for purposes of paragraph 3; or (ii) there has been a change in control of the Bank or a bank holding company controlling the Bank for purposes of paragraph 7 ,   any such determination shall be made in accordance with the applicable definitions thereof as set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) .  

 

2. Notwithstanding anything in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), payments to such Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause any and all amounts due under the Employment Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this paragraph in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Executive, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

3. The Bank intends in good faith that the Employment Agreement comply with Section 409A.  To the extent any provision of the Employment Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Employment Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.

 

4. Should the total of all amounts or benefits payable under the Employment Agreement, together with any other payments which Executive has a right to receive from the Bank, any affiliates or subsidiaries of the Bank, or any successors of any of the foregoing, result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor thereto), Executive shall be entitled to an additional “excise tax” adjustment payment in


 

an amount such that, after the payment of all federal and state income and excise taxes, Executive will be in the same after-tax position as if no excise tax had been imposed.  Any payment or benefit which is required to be included under Sections 280G or 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provisions thereto) for purposes of determining whether an excise tax is payable shall be deemed a payment “made to Executive” or a payment “which Executive has a right to receive” for purposes of this provision.  The Bank (or its successor) shall be responsible for the costs of calculation of the deductibility of payments and benefits and the excise tax by the Bank’s independent certified accountant and tax counsel and shall notify Executive of the amount of excise tax prior to the time such excise tax is due.  If at any time it is determined that the additional “excise tax” adjustment payment previously made to Executive was insufficient to cover the effect of the excise tax, the gross-up payment pursuant to this provision shall be increased to make Executive whole, including an amount to cover the payment of any penalties resulting from any incorrect or late payment of the excise tax result ing from the prior calculation.

5. Paragraph 2(h) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: You will receive stock awards during each year of your employment by the Bank as awarded by the Board of Directors.  Such stock awards may take the form of stock options, restricted stock, or any other form of equity incentive award authorized to be issued under any stock incentive plan then maintained by the Bank or its holding company.  At a minimum, you shall receive annually stock awards having an aggregate fair market value on the date of grant equal to 30% of your base salary.  Any option awards issued pursuant to this paragraph shall have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant and shall expire nine (9) years after the grant date.  All of the stock awards required to be issued pursuant to this Employment Agreement shall be issued pursuant to any stock option plan or stock incentive plan then maintained by the Bank or its holding company. .

6 . In all other respects, the Employment Agreement, as amended above, is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Bank and the Executive.  All other provision of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as amended hereby.  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, each intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the date, month and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:                                         EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________ By: _ /s/ Judith A. Hunsicker ____________

 

WITNESS:                                            EXECUTIVE

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________ _ /s/ David M. Lobach Jr.   _____________


 

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amend ment”) made as of the 19 th   day of November, 2010 , by and between   JUDITH A. HUNSICKER (“Executive”) and EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY , a Pennsylvania banking institution having its principal office in Bethlehem , Pennsylvania ( the Bank”) .

 

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS ,   the Bank and the Executive entered into an Employment Agreement dated January 1, 2006 (the “Employment Agreement”), and

WHEREAS ,   the Bank   and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement   to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. T he Employment Agreement is amended to provide that, for purposes of determining whether (i) the Executive has become permanently disable d” for purposes of paragraph 3; or (ii) there has been a change in control of the Bank or a bank holding company controlling the Bank for purposes of paragraph 7 ,   any such determination shall be made in accordance with the applicable definitions thereof as set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) .  

 

2. Notwithstanding anything in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), payments to such Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause an y and all amounts due under the Employment Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this paragraph in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Executive, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

3 . The Bank intends in good faith that the Employment Agreement comply with Section 409A.  To the extent any provision of the Employment Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Employment Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.

 

4. Should the total of all amounts or benefits payable under the Employment Agreement, together with any other payments which Executive has a right to receive from the Bank, any affiliates or subsidiaries of the Bank, or any successors of any of the foregoing, result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor thereto), Executive shall be entitled to an additional “excise tax” adjustment payment in


 

an amount such that, after the payment of all federal and state income and excise taxes, Executive will be in the same after-tax position as if no excise tax had been imposed.  Any payment or benefit which is required to be included under Sections 280G or 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provisions thereto) for purposes of determining whether an excise tax is payable shall be deemed a payment “made to Executive” or a payment “which Executive has a right to receive” for purposes of this provision.  The Bank (or its successor) shall be responsible for the costs of calculation of the deductibility of payments and benefits and the excise tax by the Bank’s independent certified accountant and tax counsel and shall notify Executive of the amount of excise tax prior to the time such excise tax is due.  If at any time it is determined that the additional “excise tax” adjustment payment previously made to Executive was insufficient to cover the effect of the excise tax, the gross-up payment pursuant to this provision shall be increased to make Executive whole, including an amount to cover the payment of any penalties resulting from any incorrect or late payment of the excise tax result ing from the prior calculation.

5. Paragraph 2(h) of the Employment Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follow s: You will receive stock awards during each year of your employment by the Bank as awarded by the Board of Directors.  Such stock awards may take the form of stock options, restricted stock, or any other form of equity incentive award authorized to be issued under any stock incentive plan then maintained by the Bank or its holding company.  At a minimum, you shall receive annually stock awards having an aggregate fair market value on the date of grant equal to 30% of your base salary.  Any option awards issued pursuant to this paragraph shall have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of grant and shall expire nine (9) years after the grant date.  All of the stock awards required to be issued pursuant to this Employment Agreement shall be issued pursuant to any stock option plan or stock incentive plan then maintained by the Bank or its holding company.

6 . In all other respects, the Employment Agreement, as amended above, is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Bank and the Executive.  All other provision of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as amended hereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, each intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the date, month and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:         EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________        By: _ /s/ David M. Lobach, Jr. __________

 

WITNESS:                                                EXECUTIVE

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________        _ /s/ Judith A Hunsicker ______________


EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.

2010 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

 

The purpose of the Embassy Bancorp, Inc. 2010 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide (i) designated officers (including officers who are also directors) and other designated employees of Embassy Bancorp, Inc., a Pennsylvania corporation (the “Company”), and its subsidiaries, and (ii) non-employee members of the board of directors of and advisors and consultants to the Company and its subsidiaries, with additional incentive to further the success of the Company.  The Company believes that the Plan will cause the designated participants to contribute materially to the growth of the Company, thereby benefiting the Company's shareholders and will align the economic interests of the participants with those of the shareholders.

 

 

Article 1. Administration

 

1.1 The Committee .  The Plan shall be administered and interpreted by a committee (the "Committee"), which shall consist of (i) either the board of directors of the Company (the “Board”) or (ii) two or more directors appointed by the Board, all of whom (unless the Board determines otherwise) shall be "non-employee directors" of the Board as defined under Rule 16b-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the "Exchange Act") and "outside directors" as defined under section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and related Treasury regulations.  The Board, in its discretion, may appoint separate committees to administer the Plan with respect to a designated portion of participants (e.g., participants subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code).  If the Board does not appoint a committee to administer all or any portion of the Plan, then the Board shall be the Committee.

 

1.2 Determinations with respect to Grants .  The Committee shall have the sole authority to (i) determine the individuals to whom Grants (as defined in Section 2.1) shall be made under the Plan, (ii) determine the type, size and terms of the Grants to be made to each such individual, (iii) determine the time when the Grants will be made and the duration of any applicable exercise or restriction period, including the criteria for vesting and the acceleration of vesting, (iv) accelerate the vesting of any Grants and reduce or waive any restrictions on the exercise or vesting of any Grants, and (v) deal with any other matters arising under the Plan.  The Committee may, if it so desires, base any of the foregoing determinations upon the recommendations of management of the Company.

 

1.3 Action by the Committee .  A majority of the Committee shall constitute a quorum thereof, and the actions of a majority of the Committee at a meeting at which a quorum is present, or actions unanimously approved in writing by all members of the Committee, shall be actions of the Committee.

 

1.4 Delegation .  The Committee may appoint one of its members to be chairman and any person, whether or not a member of the Committee, to be its secretary or agent.  Furthermore, the Committee may delegate any ministerial duties in connection with the Plan to one or more officers of the Company.

 

1.5 Interpretation of Plan .  The Committee shall have full power and authority to administer and interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations and to adopt or amend such rules, regulations, agreements and instruments for implementing the Plan and for the conduct of its business as it deems necessary or advisable, to waive requirements relating to formalities or other matters that do not modify the substance of rights of Grantees (as defined in Section 4.2) or constitute a material amendment of the Plan, to correct any defect or supply any omission of the Plan or any Grant Instrument (as defined in Section 2.2) and to reconcile any inconsistencies in the Plan or any Grant Instrument.  The Committee's interpretations of the Plan and all determinations made or actions taken by the Committee pursuant to the powers vested in it hereunder shall be conclusive and binding on all persons having any interests in the Plan or in any awards granted hereunder.  All powers of the Committee shall be exercised in its sole discretion, in the best interest of the Company and in keeping with the objectives of the Plan and need not be uniform as to similarly situated individuals.

 

1.6 No Liability .  No member of the Committee shall be liable for any act or omission (whether or not negligent) taken or omitted in good faith, or for the good faith exercise of any authority or discretion granted in the Plan to the Committee, or for any act or omission of any other member of the Committee.

 


 

1.7 Costs .  All costs incurred in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan shall be paid by the Company.  Except for the express obligations of the Company under the Plan and under Grants (as defined in Section 2.1) in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, the Company shall have no liability with respect to any Grant, or to any Grantee or any transferee of shares of Company Stock from any Grantee, including, but not limited to, any tax liability, capital losses, or other costs or losses incurred by any Grantee, or any such transferee.

 

 

Article 2. Grants

 

2.1 Type of Grants .  Incentives under the Plan shall consist of grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards (hereinafter collectively referred to as "Grants").

 

2.2 Grant Instruments .  All Grants shall be subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and to those other terms and conditions consistent with the Plan as the Committee deems appropriate.  Each Grant shall be evidenced by a written instrument (the “Grant Instrument”) specifying the number of shares of Company Stock to which it relates and containing such other terms and conditions as the Committee shall approve that are not inconsistent with the Plan.  Grants under a particular section of the Plan need not be uniform as among the grantees.  The Committee shall have the authority to waive any condition of an outstanding Grant or amend an outstanding Grant, provided that an amendment of an existing Grant may not be made without the consent of the Grantee if such amendment would have an adverse effect on the rights of the Grantee.

 

 

Article 3. Shares Subject to the Plan

 

3.1 Number of Shares .  Subject to the adjustment specified below, the aggregate number of shares of the common stock of the Company, par value $1.00 per share (the "Company Stock"), that may be issued or transferred under the Plan is 500,000 shares. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Company Stock that shall be subject to Grants made under the Plan to any one individual during any calendar year shall be 40% of the shares specified above.  The shares may be authorized but unissued shares of Company Stock or reacquired shares of Company Stock, including shares purchased by the Company on the open market for purposes of the Plan.  If and to the extent Grants under the Plan terminate, expire, or are cancelled, forfeited, exchanged or surrendered without Company Stock being delivered pursuant thereto, or if any shares of Restricted Stock are forfeited, the shares subject to such Grants, including forfeited shares, shall again be available for purposes of the Plan.

 

3.2 Anti-Dilution Adjustments .  If there is any change in the number or kind of shares of Company Stock outstanding by reason of a stock dividend, recapitalization, stock split, or combination or exchange of shares, or a merger, reorganization or consolidation in which the Company is the surviving corporation, or a reclassification or by reason of any other extraordinary or unusual events affecting the outstanding Company Stock as a class without the Company's receipt of consideration, or if the value of outstanding shares of Company Stock is substantially reduced due to the Company's payment of an extraordinary dividend or distribution, the kind of shares, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock available for Grants, the maximum number of shares of Company Stock that may be subject to Grants to any one individual under the Plan in any calendar year, the number of shares covered by outstanding Grants, and the price per share or the applicable fair market value of such Grants shall be equitably adjusted by the Committee to reflect any increase or decrease in the number or kind of issued shares of Company Stock to preclude the enlargement or dilution of rights and benefits under such Grants; provided ,   however , that any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be eliminated by rounding any portion of a share equal to .500 or greater up, and any portion of a share equal to or less than .500 down, in each case to the nearest whole number. For purposes of this Section 3.2, "shares of Company Stock" and "shares" include referenced shares with respect to SARs.  The adjustments determined by the Committee shall be final, binding and conclusive. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no adjustment shall be authorized or made pursuant to this Section to the extent that such authority or adjustment would cause any incentive stock option to fail to comply with Section 422 of the Code.

 

Article 4. Eligibility for Participation

 

 


 

 

4.1 Eligible Participants

 

4.1.1 All employees of the Company and its present or future subsidiaries ("Employees"), including Employees who are officers or members of the Board, shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.

 

4.1.2 Members of the board of directors of the Company or members of the board of directors of any subsidiary of the Company and consultants or advisors, who are not employees of the Company or any of its subsidiaries ("Non-Employee Directors” or “Consultants”, as applicable), also shall be eligible to participate in the Plan and may receive grants in the discretion of the Committee; provided ,   however , that only Employees shall be eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options (as defined in Section 5.1.1); and provided   further that Consultants shall be eligible to participate in the Plan only if they meet the eligibility requirements for participation in an “employee benefit plan” under SEC Rule 405.

 

4.1.3 For purposes of the Plan the term “subsidiary” shall mean an entity controlled by the Company directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries.

 

4.2 Selection of Grantees .  The Committee shall select the individuals to receive Grants and determine the number of shares of Company Stock subject to a particular Grant in such manner as the Committee determines.  Any individuals who receive Grants under this Plan shall hereinafter be referred to as "Grantees".

 

 

Article 5. Granting of Options

 

5.1 Type of Option and Price .

 

5.1.1 The Committee may grant options intended to qualify as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code ("Incentive Stock Options") or options which are not intended to so qualify ("Nonqualified Stock Options") or any combination of Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options (hereinafter collectively the "Stock Options"), all in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

5.1.2 The purchase price of Company Stock subject to a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee and shall not be less than 100% of the Fair Market Value (determined in accordance with Section 5.2.3) of a share of such Stock on the date such Stock Option is granted.

 

5.1.3 If the Company Stock is traded in a public market, then the Fair Market Value per share shall be, if the principal trading market for the Company Stock is a national securities exchange or The NASDAQ Stock Market, the last reported sale price thereof on the relevant date or (if there were no trades on that date) the latest preceding date upon which a sale was reported, or, if the Company Stock is not principally traded on an exchange or market which reports last sale price data, then the average of the mean between the last reported "bid" and "ask" prices each day over the five trading days preceding the relevant date, as reported on NASDAQ or, if not so reported, as reported by the applicable customary reporting service or market (including the Over the Counter Bulletin Board or the Pink Sheets).  If the Company Stock is not traded in a public market or subject to reported transactions or quotations as set forth above, the Fair Market Value per share shall be as determined by the Committee; provided ,   however , that no determination of Fair Market Value with respect to an Incentive Stock Option shall be inconsistent with Section 422 of the Code or the regulations thereunder.

 

5.2 Option Term .  The Committee shall determine the term of each Stock Option; provided ,   however , that the term of a Stock Option shall not exceed ten years from the date of grant.

 

5.3 Exercisability of Options .  Stock Options shall become exercisable in accordance with the terms and conditions determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may accelerate, in whole or in part, the exercisability of any or all outstanding Stock Options at any time for any reason.  In addition, all outstanding Stock Options automatically shall become fully and immediately exercisable upon a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9.1).

 

 

 


 

5.4 Vesting of Options and Restrictions on Shares .  

 

5.4.1 The vesting period for Stock Options shall commence on the date of grant and shall end on the date or dates, determined by the Committee, that shall be specified in the Grant Instrument.

 

5.4.2 Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, except as otherwise provided by the Committee in the Grant Instrument, all outstanding Stock Options shall become immediately exercisable upon the earliest to occur of the following, if at such time the Grantee is an Employee or a Non-Employee Director:  (i) the Grantee's Retirement (as defined in Section 5.6.4), (ii) the Grantee's death or Disability (as defined in Section 5.6.4), or (iii) the occurrence of a Change of Control (as defined in Section 9.1).

 

5.5 Manner of Exercise .  

 

5.5.1 A Grantee may exercise a Stock Option which has become exercisable, in whole or in part, by delivering a duly completed notice of exercise, in such form as is acceptable to the Committee, to the Secretary or other officer of the Company designated by the Committee, with accompanying payment of the option price in accordance with Section 5.7 below.

 

5.5.2 Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, such notice may instruct the Company to deliver shares of Company Stock due upon the exercise of the Stock Option to any registered broker or dealer previously approved or designated by the Committee ("Designated Broker") in lieu of delivery to the Grantee.  The Committee may suspend the ability of a Grantee to exercise a Stock Option through a Designated Broker at any time that the Committee, in its sole discretion, determines appropriate.

 

5.6 Termination of Employment or Service .

 

5.6.1 General .  Except as provided below, a Stock Option may only be exercised while the Grantee is employed by the Company or a subsidiary of the Company or is serving as a Non-Employee Director or a Consultant of the Company or a subsidiary of the Company.

 

5.6.2 Nonqualified Stock Options .  In the event of a Grantee’s termination of employment or service for any reason other than death, Disability or Retirement (as such terms are defined in Section 5.6.4) or following a Change of Control, the Nonqualified Stock Options shall be exercisable only as to those shares that were immediately purchasable on the date of termination and only for a period of three (3) months following termination or for such other period as the Committee shall establish in its sole discretion.  If the Grantee’s termination of employment or service is due to death, Disability or Retirement or following a Change of Control, all Nonqualified Stock Options held by the Grantee shall vest and become immediately exercisable upon such event and shall be thereafter exercisable by the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representative or beneficiaries, as applicable, for a period of two (2) years following the date of such event, provided that in no circumstance shall the period extend beyond the expiration of the Nonqualified Stock Option term set forth in the Grant Instrument.

 

5.6.3 Incentive Stock Options .  In the event of a Grantee’s termination of employment for any reason other than death, Disability, Retirement, or following a Change of Control, the Grantee’s Incentive Stock Options shall be exercisable only as to those shares that were immediately purchasable by such Grantee at the date of termination and only for a period of three (3) months following termination.  In the event of a termination of a Grantee’s employment due to death, Disability, Retirement or following a Change of Control, all Incentive Stock Options held by such Grantee shall vest and become immediately exercisable and shall thereafter be exercisable by the Grantee or the Grantee’s legal representative or beneficiaries, as applicable, for a period of two (2) years following the date of such cessation of employment, provided ,   however , that any such Option shall not be eligible for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option in the event such Option is exercised more than three (3) months following the date of Grantee’s Retirement or termination of employment following a Change of Control; and provided   further , that no Option shall be eligible for treatment as an Incentive Stock Option in the event such Option is exercised more than one (1) year following termination of employment due to Disability; and provided   further , in order to obtain Incentive Stock Option treatment for Options exercised by heirs or devisees of a deceased Grantee, the Grantee’s death must have occurred while employed or within three (3) months of termination of employment. 

 

 


 

Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in no event shall the period within which an Incentive Stock Option may be exercised extend beyond the expiration of the Option term set forth in the Grant Instrument.

 

5.6.4 Definitions .  For purposes of the Plan: (i) the term "Company" shall include the Company's subsidiaries; (ii) the term "Disability" or "Disabled" shall mean any physical or mental impairment which qualifies an individual for disability benefits under the applicable long-term disability plan maintained by the Company, or, if no such plan applies, which would qualify such individual for disability benefits under the long-term disability plan maintained by the Company, if such individual were covered by that plan, or, if no such plan exists, as determined in good faith by the Committee; and (iii) “Retirement” or “Retired” shall mean a termination of employment which constitutes a “retirement”, whether normal or otherwise, under any applicable qualified pension benefit plan maintained by the Company, or, if no such plan is applicable, which would constitute “retirement”, as determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, or, in the case of a Non-Employee Director, the Grantee ceases to be such after attaining the age of 65 or such other age as shall be established by the Committee on a case by case basis and reflected in the applicable Grant Instrument.  “Retirement” and “Disability” shall not be applicable to Consultants.

 

5.7 Payment of Option Price .  The Grantee shall pay the option price specified in the Grant Instrument in cash, including through the broker assisted cashless exercise procedure described in Section 5.5.2  With the approval of the Committee, the Grantee also may pay the option price specified in the Grant Instrument by delivering shares of Company Stock owned by the Grantee (including Company Stock acquired in connection with the exercise of a Stock Option, subject to such restrictions as the Committee deems appropriate) and having a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise equal to the option price or through a combination of cash and shares of Company Common Stock owned by the Grantee.  Unless permitted by the Committee, no tendered shares of Company Stock which were acquired by the Grantee pursuant to, or upon the previous exercise of, a Grant under the Plan, or an award under any other award plan of the Company or its subsidiaries, shall be accepted in payment unless the Grantee has held such shares (without restriction imposed by the applicable plan or award) for at least six months prior to delivery in payment.  Subject to Article 13, the Grantee shall pay the option price and the amount of withholding tax due, if any, at the time of exercise.  Shares of Company Stock shall not be issued or transferred upon exercise of a Stock Option until the option price is fully paid and any required withholding obligations are satisfied.

 

5.8 Limits on Incentive Stock Options .  

 

5.8.1 Each Incentive Stock Option shall provide that, to the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Company Stock on the date of the grant with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by a Grantee during any calendar year under the Plan or any other stock option plan of the Company exceeds $100,000, then such option as to the excess shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

5.8.2 An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any participant who is not an Employee of the Company or any "subsidiary" within the meaning of Section 424 (f) of the Code.

 

5.8.3 An Incentive Stock Option shall not be granted to any Employee who, at the time of grant, owns stock possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any "parent" or "subsidiary" of the Company within the meaning of Section 424 (e) and (f) of the Code, unless the option price per share is not less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of Company Stock on the date of grant and the option exercise period is not more than five years from the date of grant.

 

5.8.4 No Incentive Stock Option granted under this Plan is transferable expect by will or the laws of descent and distribution and is exercisable during the Grantee’s lifetime only by the Grantee.

 

5.9 Notice of Disposition; Withholding; Escrow .  A Grantee of an Incentive Stock Option shall immediately notify the Company in writing of any sale, transfer, assignment or other disposition (or action constituting a disqualifying disposition within the meaning of Section 421 of the Code) of any shares of Company Stock acquired through exercise of an Incentive Stock Option, within two (2) years after the grant of such Incentive Stock Option or within one (1) year after the acquisition of such shares, setting forth the date and manner of disposition, the number of shares disposed of and the price at which such shares were disposed of.  The Company

 

 


 

shall be entitled to withhold from any compensation or other payments then or thereafter due to the Grantee such amounts as may be necessary to satisfy any withholding requirements of Federal (including payroll taxes) or state law or regulation and, further, to collect from the Grantee any additional amounts which may be required for such purpose.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, require shares of Company Stock acquired by an Optionee upon exercise of an Incentive Stock Option to be held in an escrow arrangement for the purpose of enabling compliance with the provisions of this Section 5.9.

 

5.10 No ISO Warranty .  The Company makes no warranty that Stock Options granted under this Plan that are intended to qualify as Incentive Stock Options will, in fact, so qualify or that any qualification will not be lost in the future, including by acts or omissions of the Company or the Committee or by other cause.  If a Stock Option granted hereunder for any reason fails for whatever reason to comply with the provisions of Section 422 of the Code, and such failure is not or cannot be cured, such Option shall be a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

 

Article 6. Stock Appreciation Rights

 

6.1 General Requirements .  The Committee may grant stock appreciation rights ("SARs") to any Grantee (i) independently or (ii) in tandem with, any Stock Option, for all or a portion of the applicable Stock Option.  Tandem SARs may be granted, either at the time the Stock Option is granted or at any time thereafter while the Stock Option remains outstanding; provided ,   however , that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option, such tandem rights may be granted only at the time of the Grant of such Stock Option.  Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the base price of each SAR shall be equal to the greater of (i) the exercise price of the related Stock Option, if any, or (iii) the Fair Market Value of a share of Company Stock as of the date of grant of such SAR.

 

6.2 Exercise .

 

6.2.1 No SAR shall be exercisable more than 10 years after the date of its grant.

 

6.2.2 A SAR not granted in tandem with a Stock Option will become exercisable at such time or times, and on such terms and conditions, as the Committee shall specify.  Unless the Committee provides otherwise in the Grant Instrument, the provisions of Article 5 applicable to Nonqualified Stock Options, including, without limitation, those related to exercise upon termination of employment or service, shall be applicable to non-tandem SARs; provided ,   however , that all such SARs shall become immediately exercisable upon the occurrence of a Change of Control of the Company.

 

6.2.3 A SAR granted in tandem with a Stock Option will be exercisable only at such time or times, and to the extent, that the related Stock Option is exercisable and will be exercisable only in accordance with the exercise procedure for the related Stock Option.  Upon the exercise of a Stock Option, the SARs relating to the Company Stock covered by the related Stock Option shall terminate.  Upon the exercise of SARs, the related Stock Option shall terminate to the extent of an equal number of shares of Company Stock.

 

6.3 Value of SARs .  Upon a Grantee's exercise of some or all of the Grantee's SARs, the Grantee shall receive in settlement of such SARs an amount equal to the value of the stock appreciation for the number of SARs exercised, payable in cash, Company Stock or a combination thereof. The stock appreciation for a SAR is the difference between the base price of the SAR as described in Section 6.1 and the Fair Market Value of the underlying Company Stock on the date of exercise of such SAR.

 

6.4 Form of Payment .  Upon exercise of a SAR, payment shall be made in the form of shares of Company Stock, valued at their Fair Market Value on the date of exercise, in cash, or in a combination thereof, as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall determine.  Payment by the Company of SARs shall be subject to withholding of applicable taxes in accordance with Article 13.

 

 

 

 

Article 7. Restricted and Deferred Stock Grants

 

 


 

 

7.1 Restricted Stock .  The Committee may issue or transfer shares of Company Stock to an eligible participant under a Grant (a "Restricted Stock Grant"), upon such terms as the Committee deems appropriate.  The following provisions are applicable to Restricted Stock Grants:

 

7.1.1 Shares of Company Stock issued pursuant to Restricted Stock Grants may be issued for cash consideration or for no cash consideration, at the sole discretion of the Committee.  The Committee shall establish conditions under which restrictions, if any, on the transfer of shares of Company Stock shall lapse over a period of time or according to such other criteria as the Committee deems appropriate.  The period of time during which the Restricted Stock Grant will remain subject to restrictions will be designated in the Grant Instrument as the "Restriction Period."

 

7.1.2 If the Grantee ceases to be employed by the Company or, in the case of a Non-Employee Director, to serve or be engaged as such, during a period designated in the Grant Instrument as the Restriction Period, or if other specified conditions are not met, the Restricted Stock Grant shall terminate as to all shares covered by the Grant as to which restrictions on transfer have not lapsed and those shares of Company Stock must be immediately returned to the Company.  The Committee may, however, in its sole discretion, provide for complete or partial exceptions to this requirement as it deems appropriate, including, without limitation, upon death, Disability or Retirement (as defined in Section 5.6.4).

 

7.1.3 During the Restriction Period, a Grantee may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of the shares of Company Stock to which such Restriction Period applies except to a Successor Grantee under Article 8.  Each certificate for a share issued or transferred under a Restricted Stock Grant shall contain a legend giving appropriate notice of the restrictions in the Grant.  The Grantee shall be entitled to have the Restricted Stock legend pursuant to this Section 7.1 removed from the stock certificate or certificates covering any of the shares subject to restrictions when all restrictions on such shares have lapsed.

 

7.1.4 During the Restriction Period, unless the Committee determines otherwise, the Grantee shall have the right to vote shares subject to the Restricted Stock Grant and to receive any dividends or other distributions paid on such shares, subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

 

7.1.5 Except as provided by Article 14, all restrictions imposed under the Restricted Stock Grant shall lapse upon the expiration of the applicable Restriction Period and the satisfaction of any conditions imposed by the Committee.  The Committee may determine, as to any or all Restricted Stock Grants, that all the restrictions shall lapse without regard to any Restriction Period.  All restrictions under all outstanding Restricted Stock Grants shall automatically and immediately lapse upon a Change of Control.

 

7.2 Deferred Stock .

 

7.2.1 The Committee may grant a participant the right to receive shares of Company Stock to be delivered in the future (a “Deferred Stock Grant”).  Delivery of the Company Stock pursuant to a Deferred Stock Grant will take place at such time or times, and on such terms and conditions, as the Committee may determine.  The Committee may provide at the time of the Deferred Stock Grant that the stock to be delivered will be restricted stock pursuant to Section 7.1.  The Committee may at any time accelerate the time at which delivery of all or any part of the Company Stock will take place; provided ,   however , that unless otherwise provided by the Committee at the time of grant, the time of delivery of the deferred stock will automatically accelerate to the date of a Change of Control.

 

7.2.2 During any deferral period, the Grantee shall not have any rights as a shareholder with respect to the deferred shares.

 

7.3 Tax Withholdings .  Delivery of stock pursuant to this Article 7 shall be subject to withholding of applicable taxes in accordance with Article 13.

 

 

Article 8. Transferability of Grants

 

 


 

 

8.1 Limitation .  During a Grantee’s lifetime, only the Grantee may exercise rights under a Grant and Grants may not be transferred, assigned, pledged or hypothecated in any manner, by operation of law or otherwise, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution or, with respect to Grants other than Incentive Stock Options, if permitted in any specific case by the Committee, in its sole discretion.

 

8.2 Successor Grantee .  When a Grantee dies, the representative or other person entitled to succeed to the rights of the Grantee may exercise such rights.  A successor Grantee must furnish proof satisfactory to the Company of his or her right to receive the Grant under the Grantee's will or under the applicable laws of descent and distribution.

 

 

Article 9. Change of Control of the Company

 

9.1 Definitions .  As used herein, a "Change of Control" shall be deemed to have occurred if:

 

(i) a liquidation or dissolution of the Company (excluding transfers to subsidiaries) or the sale of all or substantially all of the Company's assets occurs;

 

(ii) as a result of a tender offer, stock purchase, other stock acquisition, merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reverse split or sale or transfer of assets, any person or group (as such terms are used in and under Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13-d under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the common stock of the Company or the combined voting power of the Company's then outstanding securities; provided ,   however , that for purposes of this Section 10.1, a person or group shall not include the Company or any subsidiary or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any subsidiary;

 

(iii) if at least a majority of the Board at any time does not consist of individuals who were elected, or nominated for election, by directors in office at the time of such election or nomination; or

 

(iv) the Company merges or consolidates with any other corporation (other than a wholly owned subsidiary) and is not the surviving corporation (or survives only as a subsidiary of another corporation); or

 

                 (v) the occurrence of such other event as the Committee, in its sole discretion, shall designate at any time as a Change of Control.

 

9.2 Business Combination Transaction .  Any agreement to which the Company or any of its subsidiaries is a party which provides for any merger, consolidation, share exchange, or similar transaction of the Company with or into another corporation or other association whereby the Company is not to be the surviving or parent corporation shall provide, without limitation, for the assumption of any outstanding Grants by the surviving corporation or association or its parent and all outstanding Grants shall be subject to such agreement.  In any case where Grants are assumed by another corporation, appropriate equitable adjustments as to the number and kind of shares or other securities and the purchase or exercise price(s) shall be made.

 

 

Article 10. Amendment and Termination of the Plan

 

10.1 Amendment .  The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan at any time, in its discretion, subject to any required shareholder approval or any shareholder approval which the Board deems advisable for any

 

 


 

reason, such as for the purpose of obtaining or retaining any statutory or regulatory benefits under tax, securities or other laws or satisfying any stock listing requirement.

 

10.2 Termination of Plan .  The Plan shall terminate on the day immediately preceding the tenth anniversary of its effective date unless terminated earlier by the Board or unless extended by the Board with the approval of the shareholders.

 

10.3 Termination and Amendment of Outstanding Grants .  A termination, suspension or amendment of the Plan that occurs after a Grant is made shall not materially impair the rights of a Grantee unless the Grantee consents or unless the Committee acts under Section 17.2 hereof.  The termination of the Plan shall not impair the power and authority of the Committee with respect to an outstanding Grant.  Whether or not the Plan has terminated, an outstanding Grant may be terminated or amended under Section 17.2 hereof or may be amended by agreement of the Company and the Grantee consistent with the Plan.

 

10.4 Plan Provisions Binding .  The Plan shall be the controlling document. No other statements, representations, explanatory materials or examples, oral or written, may amend the Plan in any manner.  The Plan shall be binding upon and enforceable against the Company and its successors and assigns.  In the event of any conflict between the Plan and any Grant Instrument, the Plan shall control.

 

 

Article 11. Funding of the Plan

 

11.1 Unfunded Plan .  This Plan shall be unfunded. The Company shall not be required to establish any special or separate fund or to make any other segregation of assets to assure the payment of any Grants under the Plan. In no event shall interest be paid or accrued on any Grant, including unpaid installments of Grants.

 

 

Article 12. Rights of Participants

 

12.1 No Right to Grant .  Nothing in this Plan shall entitle any Grantee or other person to any claim or right to receive a Grant under the Plan.

 

12.2 No Right to Employment or Retention .  Neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving any individual any rights to be retained by or in the employ of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company or any other employment or retention rights.

 

12.3 No Restriction on Company .  Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to (i) limit the right of the Company to make Grants under this Plan in connection with the acquisition, by purchase, lease, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of the business or assets of any corporation, firm or association, including Grants to employees thereof who become Employees of the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or for other proper corporate purpose, or (ii) limit the right of the Company to grant stock options or make other awards outside of the Plan.

 

 

Article 13. Withholding of Taxes

 

13.1 Right to Withhold .  The Company shall have the right to deduct from all Grants paid in cash, or from other wages paid to an employee of the Company, any federal, state or local taxes required by law to be withheld with respect to such cash awards and, in the case of Grants paid in Company Stock, the Grantee or other person receiving such shares shall be required to pay to the Company the amount of any such taxes which the Company is required to withhold with respect to such Grants or the Company shall have the right to deduct from other wages paid to the employee by the Company the amount of any withholding due with respect to such Grants.  The Company also may withhold or collect amounts with respect to a disqualifying disposition of shares of Company Stock acquired pursuant to exercise of an Incentive Stock Option.

 

 

 


 

13.2 Withholding Rules and Procedures .  The Committee is authorized to adopt rules, regulations or procedures related to tax withholding, including provision for the satisfaction of a tax withholding obligation, by the retention of shares of Stock to which the Grantee would otherwise be entitled pursuant to a Grant or by the Grantee’s delivery of previously owned shares of Company Stock or other property.

 

 

Article 14. Requirements for Issuance of Shares

 

14.1 Compliance with Law .  The obligations of the Company to offer, sell, issue, deliver or transfer Common Stock under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, regulations, rules and approvals, including, but not by way of limitation, the effectiveness of any registration statement under applicable securities laws if deemed necessary or appropriate by the Company.  The Company’s obligation to offer, sell, issue, deliver or transfer its shares under the Plan is further subject to the approval of any governmental authority required in connection therewith and is further subject to the Company receiving, should it determine to do so, the advice of its counsel that all applicable laws and regulations have been complied with.  Certificates for shares of Common Stock issued hereunder may be legended as the Committee shall deem appropriate.

 

14.2 Restrictions on Grants .  The Committee shall have the right to condition any Grant made to any Grantee hereunder on such Grantee's undertaking in writing to comply with such restrictions on his or her subsequent disposition of such shares of Company Stock as the Committee shall deem necessary or advisable as a result of any applicable law, regulation or official interpretation thereof and certificates representing such shares may be legended to reflect any such restrictions.

 

14.3 Share Certificates .  Certificates representing shares of Company Stock issued under the Plan will be subject to such stop-transfer orders and other restrictions as may be applicable under such laws, regulations and other obligations of the Company, including any requirement that a legend or legends be placed thereon.

 

14.4 No Fractional Shares .  No fractional shares of Company Stock shall be issued or delivered pursuant to the Plan or any Grant.  The Committee shall determine whether cash, other awards or other property shall be issued or paid in lieu of such fractional shares or whether such fractional shares or any rights thereto shall be forfeited or otherwise eliminated.

 

 

Article 15. Forfeiture

 

15.1 Misconduct .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, if the Committee finds, after consideration of the facts presented on behalf of the Company and the involved Grantee, that the Grantee has been engaged in fraud, embezzlement, theft, commission of a felony, or dishonesty in the course of the Grantee’s employment by or service with the Company or any subsidiary, or that the Grantee has disclosed trade secrets of the Company or its affiliates, or that the Grantee has intentionally failed to perform the individual’s stated duties, and that such actions have damaged the Company or any subsidiary in any significant manner, in the discretion of the Committee, then the Grantee shall forfeit all rights under and to all unexercised Grants, and under and to all Grants to the Grantee with respect to which the Company has not yet delivered payment or certificates for shares of Stock (as the case may be), all of which Grants and rights shall be automatically canceled.

 

15.2 Finality of Committee Decision .  The decision of the Committee as to the cause of the Grantee’s discharge from employment with the Company and any subsidiary shall be final for purposes of the Plan, but shall not affect the finality of the Grantee’s discharge by the Company of subsidiary for any other purposes.  The preceding provisions of this Section 15 shall not apply to any Incentive Stock Option to the extent such application would result in disqualification of the stock option as an incentive stock option under Sections 421 and 422 of t he Code.

 

 

 


 

Article 16.  Right of First Refusal

     16.1  If at any time a Grantee desires to sell, encumber, or otherwise dispose of shares of Company Stock acquired by him or her pursuant to this Plan, he or she shall first offer the same to the Company by delivering to the President of the Company written notice disclosing: (a) the name(s) of the proposed transferee of the Company Stock; (b) the certificate number and number of shares of Company Stock proposed to be transferred or encumbered; (c) the proposed price; and (d) all other terms of the proposed transfer. Within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of such notice the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of such Company Stock. If the Company decides to exercise this option, the purchase price of the Company Stock shall be the proposed price or the fair market value of the Company Stock (as determined in accordance with section 5.2.3 of the Plan) on the date such written notice is received by the Company, whichever is less.

 

16.2 In the event the Company does not exercise the option to purchase the Company Stock, as provided above, the Grantee shall have the right to sell, encumber, or otherwise dispose of his shares of Company Stock on the terms of the transfer set forth in the written notice to the Company, provided such transfer is effected within fifteen (15) calendar days after the expiration of the option period. If the transfer is not effected within such period, the Company must again be given an option to purchase in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 16.1 above, at which point all time periods set forth in this Article 16 shall recommence.

 

16.3 The provisions of this Article 16 shall apply only to Company Stock acquired through the Plan by current or former executive officers and directors of the Company.  Each certificate issued to a current or former executive officer evidencing shares of Company Stock acquired through the Plan and each certificate issued in exchange for or upon the transfer of any such shares shall be stamped or otherwise imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form: 

 

“THE SECURITIES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE HAVE BEEN ISSUED PURSUANT TO THE 2010 EMBASSY BANCORP, INC. STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN AND ARE SUBJECT TO A RIGHT OF FIRST REFUSAL CONTAINED THEREIN.  A COPY OF SUCH STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN WILL BE FURNISHED WITHOUT CHARGE BY THE COMPANY TO THE HOLDER HEREOF WITHIN FIVE DAYS OF WRITTEN REQUEST.”

 

The legend set forth above shall be removed from the certificates evidencing any shares upon waiver by the Company of its right of first refusal in accordance with Section 16.2.

 

 

Article 17. Miscellaneous

 

17.1 Substitute Grants .  The Committee may make a Grant to an employee of another corporation who becomes an Employee by reason of a corporate merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or property, reorganization or liquidation involving the Company or any of its subsidiaries in substitution for a stock option or restricted stock grant made by such corporation ("Substituted Stock Incentives").  The terms and conditions of the substitute grant may vary from the terms and conditions required by the Plan and from those of the Substituted Stock Incentives.  The Committee shall prescribe the provisions of the substitute grants.

 

17.2 Section 16 Limitations .  With respect to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act, it is the intent of the Company that the Plan and all transactions under the Plan comply with all applicable provisions of Rule 16b-3 or its successors under the Exchange Act.  The Committee, as it deems advisable, may revoke any Grant if it is contrary to law or modify a Grant to bring it into compliance with any valid and mandatory government regulation.

 

17.3 Ownership of Stock .  A Grantee or successor Grantee shall have no rights as a shareholder with respect to any shares of Company Stock covered by a Grant until the shares are issued or transferred to the Grantee or successor Grantee on the stock transfer records of the Company.

 

 

 


 

17.4 Headings .  Section headings are for reference only.  In the event of a conflict between a title and the content of a Section, the content of the Section shall control.

 

17.5 Governing Law .  The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of the Plan and Grant Instruments issued under the Plan shall exclusively be governed by and determined in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania.

 

 

Article 18. Effective Date of the Plan

 

18.1 The Plan shall be effective as of the date of the approval of the Plan by the Company's shareholders.

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDMENT TO EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT (“Amend ment”) made as of the 19 th   day of November, 2010 , by and between   JAMES R. BARTHOLOMEW (“Executive”) and EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY , a Pennsylvania banking institution having its principal office in Bethlehem , Pennsylvania ( the Bank”) .

 

WITNESSETH

WHEREAS ,   the Bank and the Executive entered into an Employment Agreement dated February 20, 2009   (the “Employment Agreement”), and

WHEREAS ,   the Bank   and the Executive desire to amend the Employment Agreement   to ensure compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

1. The Employment Agreement is amended to provide that, for purposes of determining whether (i) the Executive has become permanently “disabled;” or (ii) there has been a “change in control” of the Bank or a bank holding company controlling the Bank for purposes thereof, any such determination shall be made in accordance with the applicable definitions thereof as set forth in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder (“Section 409A”) .  

 

2. Notwithstanding anything in the Employment Agreement to the contrary, if Executive is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A), payments to such Executive pursuant to the Employment Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause any and all amounts due under the Employment Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this paragraph in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

 

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Executive, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

3. The Bank intends in good faith that the Employment Agreement comply with Section 409A.  To the extent any provision of the Employment Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Employment Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.

 

4.        Should the total of all amounts or benefits payable under the Employment Agreement, together with any other payments which Executive has a right to receive from the Bank, any affiliates or subsidiaries of the Bank, or any successors of any of the foregoing, result in the imposition of an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor thereto), Executive shall be entitled to an additional “excise tax” adjustment payment in


 

an amount such that, after the payment of all federal and state income and excise taxes, Executive will be in the same after-tax position as if no excise tax had been imposed.  Any payment or benefit which is required to be included under Sections 280G or 4999 of the Internal Revenue Code (or any successor provisions thereto) for purposes of determining whether an excise tax is payable shall be deemed a payment “made to Executive” or a payment “which Executive has a right to receive” for purposes of this provision.  The Bank (or its successor) shall be responsible for the costs of calculation of the deductibility of payments and benefits and the excise tax by the Bank’s independent certified accountant and tax counsel and shall notify Executive of the amount of excise tax prior to the time such excise tax is due.  If at any time it is determined that the additional “excise tax” adjustment payment previously made to Executive was insufficient to cover the effect of the excise tax, the gross-up payment pursuant to this provision shall be increased to make Executive whole, including an amount to cover the payment of any penalties resulting from any incorrect or late payment of the excise tax resulting from the prior calculation .

5.  In all other respects, the Employment Agreement, as amended above, is hereby ratified and confirmed by the Bank and the Executive.  All other provision of the Employment Agreement shall remain in full force and effect as amended hereby.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties, each intending to be legally bound, have executed this Amendment as of the date, month and year first above written.

 

ATTEST:                       EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_ /s/ Judith A. Hunsicker _______              By: _ /s/ David M. Lobach, Jr. ___________

 

WITNESS:                                                         EXECUTIVE

 

 

_ /s/ Judith A. Hunsicker _______              _ /s/ James R. Bartholomew ____________


AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 19 th   day of November, 2010, by and among Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley ( hereinafter referred to as the “Bank”) , a bank organized and existing under the laws of Pennsylvania, and David M. Lobach, Jr.  ( hereinafter referred to as the “Employee” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has performed his duties in an efficient and capable manner; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of retaining the services of the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved the adoption of a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in this Agreement (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has been selected to participate in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee have been parties to a Supplemental Benefit Plan Agreement dated January 5, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

a. The Bank hereby agrees with the Employee that the Employee may retire upon attaining age sixty-five (65 ), such age hereinafter being called the “Normal Retirement Age.”

 

b. Upon the Employee’s retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplementa l annual pension equal to $140 ,0 00, such amount being referred to herein as the “Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension,” payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

2. Early Retirement or Termination

 

a. If the Employee retires or his or her employment with the Bank is otherwise terminated subsequent to attaining age sixty -five (65 ), but prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, then the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplemental annual pension in the amount indicated on the following schedule, payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years:

 


 

 

Age of Employee on Effective Date of Early Retirement or Termination

% of Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

 

60

50%

 

 

61

60%

 

 

62

70%

 

 

63

80%

 

 

64

90%

 

 

65

100%

 

 

 

3. Death or Disability

 

a. Upon the death of the Employee while actively employed, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension, payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the month in which the Employee dies and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

b. Upon the death of the Employee while receiving any supplemental pension benefits as provided in this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the remaining payments which would have otherwise been due the Employee.

 

c. If the Employee becomes permanently “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and ceases employment with the Bank as a result of such disability, the Employee will be treated as actively employed, for purposes of this Agreement, while such disability continues.  In such event, the Bank shall pay to the Employee the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension in equal monthly installments commencing upon the Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

d. If the Employee shall have failed to make an effective designation of beneficiary, or if the individual or individuals so designated shall die prior to receiving all payments required to made to them hereunder and there is no designated alternate beneficiary, then in such event the remaining payments shall be made first to the Employee’s surviving spouse, second the Employee’s surviving children, equally per stirpes if there is no surviving spouse, and finally to the estate of the Employee if there are neither a surviving spouse nor surviving children.

 

4. Assignment

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, it is understood that neither the Employee, nor any person designated by him pursuant to this Agreement, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive payments to be made hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable.  If such assignment or transfer is attempted, the Bank may disregard it and continue to discharge its obligations hereunder as though such assignment or transfer were not attempted.

 


 

5. Independent Arrangement

 

The benefits payable under this Agreement shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other agreement which may exist from time to time between the parties hereto, or any other compensation payable by the Employee’s employer.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provisions hereof restrict the right of the Employee’s employer to discharge the Employee or restrict the right of the Employee to terminate his or her employment.

 

6. Non-Trust or Fiduciary Obligation

 

a. The rights of the Employee under this Agreement and of any beneficiary of the Employee or of any other person who may acquire such rights shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Bank.  Any insurance policy on the life of the Employee or any other asset acquired by the Bank in connection with the obligations assumed by it hereunder shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Employee or his or her beneficiaries or to be security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank, but shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank.

 

b. Nothing contained in the Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Employee or his or her beneficiaries.

 

7. Change of Control

 

a. If the Employee’s employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated within two years after a “Change in Control” (as defined below) of the Employee’s employer, payment hereunder will commence immediately in an amount equal to the amount which would have been payable as though Employee retired from service with the Bank upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

b. As used herein, the term “Change of Control” shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control applicable to the Bank or Embassy Bancorp, Inc., as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

8. Arbitration

 

a. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

b. The parties hereby submit themselves and consent to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and further consent that any process or notice of motion, or other application of the Court, or any Judge thereof, may be served outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania by certified mail or by personal service provided that a


 

reasonable time for appearance is allowed.  The arbitrators in any such controversy shall have no authority or power to modify or alter any express condition or provision of this Agreement or to render an award which has the effect of altering or modifying any express condition or provision hereof.

 

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

a. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), payments to such Employee pursuant to this Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause any and all amounts due under this Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this Section 9(a) in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Employee, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

b. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Bank and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for the Bank under the terms of this Agreement.

 

c. This instrument contains the entire Agreement of the parties.  It may be amended only by a writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

d. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

e. The Bank intends in good faith that this plan comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the Bank by it duly authorized officer, on the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:

 

 

_   /s/ Lynne M. Neel ____________ _ /s/ David M. Lobach, Jr. __________

        David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

ATTEST:              EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_ _ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________ By: _ /s/ Judith A Hunsicker ________

       Name: Judith A Hunsicker

       Title: COO / SEVP

 


 

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 19 th   day of November, 2010, by and among Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley (hereinafter referred to as the "Bank"), a bank organized and existing under the laws of Pennsylvania, and David M. Lobach, Jr. (hereinafter referred to as the "Employee").

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has performed his duties in an efficient and capable manner; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of retaining the services of the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved the adoption of a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in this Agreement (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has been selected to participate in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee have been parties to a Supplemental Benefit Plan Agreement dated January 5, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”) , which provides for a “Normal Retirement Age” of sixty-five (65) ; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank desire s to provide Employee with supplemental benefits in addition to those provided in the Original Agreement, on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

a. The Bank hereby agrees with the Employee that the Employee may retire upon attaining age seventy (70 ), such age hereinafter being called the “Normal Retirement Age.”

 

b. Upon the Employee’s retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplementa l annual pension equal to $50 ,0 00, such amount being referred to herein as the “Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension,” payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

2. Early Retirement or Termination

 

a. If the Employee retires or his or her employment with the Bank is otherwise terminated subsequent to attaining age sixty -five (65 ), but prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, then the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplemental annual pension in the amount


 

indicated on the following schedule, payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years:

 

 

Age of Employee on Effective Date of Early Retirement or Termination

% of Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

 

65

50%

 

 

66

60%

 

 

67

70%

 

 

68

80%

 

 

69

90%

 

 

70

100%

 

 

 

3. Death or Disability

 

a. Upon the death of the Employee while actively employed, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension, payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the month in which the Employee dies and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

b. Upon the death of the Employee while receiving any supplemental pension benefits as provided in this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the remaining payments which would have otherwise been due the Employee.

 

c. If the Employee becomes permanently “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and ceases employment with the Bank as a result of such disability, the Employee will be treated as actively employed, for purposes of this Agreement, while such disability continues.  In such event, the Bank shall pay to the Employee the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension in equal monthly installments commencing upon the Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

d. If the Employee shall have failed to make an effective designation of beneficiary, or if the individual or individuals so designated shall die prior to receiving all payments required to made to them hereunder and there is no designated alternate beneficiary, then in such event the remaining payments shall be made first to the Employee’s surviving spouse, second the Employee’s surviving children, equally per stirpes if there is no surviving spouse, and finally to the estate of the Employee if there are neither a surviving spouse nor surviving children.

 

4. Assignment

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, it is understood that neither the Employee, nor any person designated by him pursuant to this Agreement, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive payments to be made hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable. 


 

If such assignment or transfer is attempted, the Bank may disregard it and continue to discharge its obligations hereunder as though such assignment or transfer were not attempted.

 

5. Independent Arrangement

 

The benefits payable under this Agreement shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other agreement which may exist from time to time between the parties hereto, or any other compensation payable by the Employee’s employer.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provisions hereof restrict the right of the Employee’s employer to discharge the Employee or restrict the right of the Employee to terminate his or her employment.

 

6. Non-Trust or Fiduciary Obligation

 

a. The rights of the Employee under this Agreement and of any beneficiary of the Employee or of any other person who may acquire such rights shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Bank.  Any insurance policy on the life of the Employee or any other asset acquired by the Bank in connection with the obligations assumed by it hereunder shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Employee or his or her beneficiaries or to be security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank, but shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank.

 

b. Nothing contained in the Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Employee or his or her beneficiaries.

 

7. Change of Control

 

a. If the Employee’s employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated within two years after a “Change in Control” (as defined below) of the Employee’s employer, payment hereunder will commence immediately in an amount equal to the amount which would have been payable as though Employee retired from service with the Bank upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

b. As used herein, the term “Change of Control” shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control applicable to the Bank or Embassy Bancorp, Inc., as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

8. Arbitration

 

a. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 


 

b. The parties hereby submit themselves and consent to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and further consent that any process or notice of motion, or other application of the Court, or any Judge thereof, may be served outside the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania by certified mail or by personal service provided that a reasonable time for appearance is allowed.  The arbitrators in any such controversy shall have no authority or power to modify or alter any express condition or provision of this Agreement or to render an award which has the effect of altering or modifying any express condition or provision hereof.

 

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

a. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), payments to such Employee pursuant to this Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Corporation agrees to cause any and all amounts due under this Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this Section 9(a) in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Employee, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

b. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Bank and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for the Bank under the terms of this Agreement.

 

c. This instrument contains the entire Agreement of the parties.  It may be amended only by a writing signed by both of the parties hereto.  This Agreement is not intended to terminate, ame nd, restate or otherwise affect, in any manner whatsoever, the Original Agreement between the parties.

 

d. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

e. The Corporation intends in good faith that this plan comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the Bank by it duly authorized officer, on the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:   EMPLOYEE:

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M . Neel _____________ _ /s/ David M. Lobach, Jr. ___________

         David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

ATTEST:     EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ____________ By: _ /s Judith A . Hunsicker __________

       Name: Judith A . Hunsicker

       Title: COO/SEVP

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 19 th   day of November, 20 10 , by and among Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley ( hereinafter referred to as the “ Bank ), a bank organized and existing under the laws of Pennsylvania, and Judith A. Hunsicker (hereinafter r eferred to as the “Employee” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has performed her duties in an efficient and capable manner; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of retaining the services of the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved the adoption of a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in this Agreement (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has been selected to participate in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee have been parties to a Supplemental Benefit Plan Agreement dated January 5, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”) ; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

a. The Bank hereby agrees with the Employee that the Employee may retire upon attaining age sixty-five (65), such age hereinafter being called the “Normal Retirement Age.”

 

b. Upon the Employee’s retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplemental annual pension equal to $ 150,0 00 , such amount being referred to herein as the “Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension,” payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

2. Early Retirement or Termination

 

a. If the Employee retires or his or her employment with the Bank is otherwise terminated subsequent to attaining age sixty (60), but prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age ,   then the Bank sha ll pay the Employee a supplemental annual pension in the amount indicated on the following schedule, payable in equal monthly installments a nd continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years :


 

 

 

Age of Employee on Effective Date of Early Retirement or Termination

% of Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

 

60

50%

 

 

61

60%

 

 

62

70%

 

 

63

80%

 

 

64

90%

 

 

65

100%

 

 

 

3. Death or Disability

 

a. Upon the death of the Employee while actively employed, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the Normal Retirement Supplementa l Pension, payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the month in which the Employee dies and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

b. Upon the death of the Employee while receiving any supplemental pension benefits as provided in this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the remaining payments which would have otherwise been due the Employee.

 

c. If the Employee becomes permanently “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder ,   and ceases employment with the Bank as a result of such disability, the Employee will be treated as actively employed, for purpos es of this Agreement, while such disability continues.  In such event, the Bank shall pay to the Employee the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension in equal monthly installments   commencing upon the Employee’s attain ment of Normal Retirement Age and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years .

 

d. If the Employee shall have failed to make an effective designation of beneficiary, or if the individual or individuals so designated shall die prior to receiving all payments required to made to them hereunder and there is no designated alternate beneficiary, then in such event the remaining payments shall be made first to the Employee’s surviving spouse, second the Employee’s surviving children, equally per stirpes if there is no surviving spouse, and finally to the estate of the Employee if there are neither a surviving spouse nor surviving children.

 

4. Assignment

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, it is understood that neither the Employee, nor any person designated by him pursuant to this Agreement, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive payments to be made hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable.  If such assignment or transfer is attempted, the Bank may disregard it and continue to discharge its obligations hereunder as though such assignment or transfer were not attempted.


 

 

5. Independent Arrangement

 

The benefits payable under this Agreement shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other agreement which may exist from time to time between the parties hereto, or any other compensation payable by the Employee’s employer.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provisions hereof restrict the right of the Employee’s employer to discharge the Employee or restrict the right of the Employee to terminate his or her employment.

 

6. Non-Trust or Fiduciary Obligation

 

a. The rights of the Employee under this Agreement and of any beneficiary of the Employee or of any other person who may acquire such rights shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Bank .  Any insurance policy on the life of the Employee or any other asset acquired by the Bank in connection with the obligations assumed by it hereunder shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Employee or his or her beneficiaries or to be security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank , but shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank .

 

b. Nothing contained in the Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Employee or his or her beneficiaries.

 

7. Change of Control

 

a. If the Employee’s employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated within two years after a “Change in Control” (as defined below) of the Employee’s employer, payment hereunder will commence immediately in an amount equal to the amount whi ch would have been payable as though Employee retired from service with the Bank upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

b. As used herein, the term “Change of Control” shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control applicable to the Bank or Embassy Bancorp, Inc., as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .

 

8. Arbitration

 

a. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

b. The parties hereby submit themselves and consent to the jurisdi ction of the Courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and further consent that any process or notice of motion, or other application of the Court, or any Judge thereof, may be served outside the


 

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania by certified mail or by personal service provided that a reasonable time for appearance is allowed.  The arbitrators in any such controversy shall have no authority or power to modify or alter any express condition or provision of this Agreement or to render an award which has the effect of altering or modifying any express condition or provision hereof.

 

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

a. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), payments to such Employee pursuant to this Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause any and all amounts due under this Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this Section 9(a) in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Employee, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

b. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Bank and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for the Bank under the terms of this Agreement.

 

c . This instrument contains the entire Agreement of the parties.  It may be amended only by a writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

d . This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

e . The Bank intends in good faith that this plan comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended .  To the e xtent any provision of this Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the Bank by it duly authorized officer, on the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS: EMPLOYEE:

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ____________ _ /s/ Judith A. Hunsicker ____________

       Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

ATTEST: EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH   VALLEY

 

 

_ /s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________ By: _ /s/ David M. Lobach , Jr.   ______

     Name: David M. Lobach, Jr.

     Title: CEO


EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.
OPTION PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of _________ __, _______ (the "Date of Grant"), is delivered by EMBASSY BANCORP, INC. (the "Company'), to _________________________________, (the "Optionee").

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Embassy Bancorp, Inc. Option Plan (the "Plan") provides for the grant of stock options to officers, employees and directors of the Company, to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, (the "Shares"), in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

B. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") has determined that it would be to the advantage and interest of the Company to make the grant provided for herein as an inducement for the Optionee to promote the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option.

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option to purchase an aggregate number of Shares at the option price set forth below (the "Option"):

 

A Non-qualified Stock Option to purchase _________ Shares at an option price of $ _____ per Share based on the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant, which shall be exercisable as provided in Paragraph 6 below.

 

2. Nature of Option.

 

The Option designated hereunder shall be a Non-qualified Stock Option. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") shall administer the Plan, shall interpret and construe this Stock Option Grant Agreement in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any question arising hereunder.

 

3. Restrictions on Exercise.

 

During the Optionee's lifetime, exercise of the option shall be solely by the Optionee and, after the Optionee's death, the Option shall be exercisable (subject to the limitations specified in the Plan) solely by the representatives of the Optionee, or by the                                                        


 

person or persons who acquire the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, to the extent that the Option is then exercisable pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 5 and 6 below.

 

           4. Exercise Procedures.

 

Subject to the exercise provisions below, the Optionee may exercise the Option with respect to all or a portion of the Option. The Optionee may exercise the Option by giving the President of the Company written notice of intent to exercise in the manner provided in Paragraph 15 hereof Such notice shall specify the number of Shares as to which this Option is to be exercised and shall be accompanied by the applicable exercise price (i) in cash or personal check, which shall be accepted subject to collection in the ordinary course, (ii) with the approval of the Board, by delivering Shares already owned by the Optionee having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the option price, or (iii) with a combination of cash, check or Shares.

 

The obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon such exercise of the Option shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State laws, rules, regulations and such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed appropriate by the Board, including, among other things, such steps as Company counsel shall deem necessary or appropriate to comply with relevant securities laws and regulations. The Board, as it deems appropriate, shall have the right to impose restrictions on the resale or transfer of Shares received upon the exercise of the Option, to comply with any applicable state or Federal securities laws. All obligations of the Company hereunder shall be subject to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as set forth in the Plan to withhold amounts required to be withheld for any taxes. If the Optionee fails to accept delivery of, or to pay for, any of the Shares specified in such notice upon tender of delivery thereof, the Optionee's right to purchase such undelivered Shares may be terminated, at the sole discretion of the Board. The date that notice of an election to exercise is received by the Company shall be deemed the date of exercise hereunder.

 

           5. Term of Option.

 

The Option granted hereunder shall have a term of nine (9) years from the Date of Grant and shall terminate at the expiration of that period, unless it is terminated at an earlier date pursuant to the further provisions of this Stock Option Grant Agreement.

 

The Option shall automatically terminate prior to the expiration of the option term upon the happening of certain events, specified in the Plan including (i) the expiration of the period beginning on the date the Optionee terminates employment with the Company for any reason other than death or termination for cause and ending sixty (60) days after such termination; (ii) the expiration of the six (6) month period after the Optionee terminates employment with the Company on account of death, or (iii) the date of the Optionee's employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries is terminated for cause by the Company, as determined by the Board in accordance with the Company's personnel policy.

 

 

 


 

 

           6. Vesting of Option.

 

The Option shall become exercisable in ________ installments according to the schedule set forth below:

 

Date Shares

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 9 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Option shall not become exercisable after the Option is terminated as provided in Paragraph 5 above.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTH HEREIN OR IN THE PLAN, IF THE OPTIONEE SHALL CEASE TO BE AN EMPLOYEE OF THE COMPANY ON ACCOUNT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE, AS DETERMINED BY THE BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMPANY'S PERSONNEL POLICY AS IN EFFECT BEFORE ANY CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY, THE UNEXERCISED PORTION OF THE OPTION AND ANY AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL IMMEDIATELY TERMINATE AND BE VOID.

 

           7. Right of First Refusal.

 

In the event that the Optionee exercises the Option and the Optionee, or the Optionee's personal representative or beneficiary, wishes to sell, encumber or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Shares so acquired, either at the time of exercise or thereafter, the Optionee (or personal representative or beneficiary) must offer to sell the Shares to the Company by giving the Company written notice disclosing: (a) the name(s) of the proposed transferee of the Shares; (b) the certificate number and number of Shares proposed to be transferred or encumbered; (c) the proposed price; and (d) all other terms of the proposed transfer. Within fourteen (14) days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of such Shares. If the Company decides to exercise this option, the purchase price of the Shares shall be the lesser of the proposed sale price or the fair market value of the Shares (as defined in Section 5(b) of the Plan) on the date the written notice is received by the Board.

 

In the event the Company does not exercise the option to purchase the Shares, as provided above, the Optionee shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares on the terms of the transfer set forth in the written notice to the Company, provided such transfer is effected within fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Company's option period. If the transfer is not effected within such period, the Company must again be given an option to purchase, as provided above.

 

 


 

 

           8. Grant Subject to Plan Provisions.

 

This grant is made pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith. The granting and exercise of the Option are subject to the provisions of the Plan and to interpretations, regulations and determinations concerning the Plan established from ti m e to time by the Board in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, including, but not limited to, provisions pertaining to (a) rights and obligations with respect to withholding taxes, (b) the registration, qualification or listing of the Shares, (c) capital or other changes of the company and (d) other requirements of applicable law. A complete copy of the Plan will be provided to the Optionee upon request.

 

           9. No Rights to Employment.

 

Neither the granting of the Option nor any other action taken with respect to the Option or the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue as an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee' s employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time. Except as may be otherwise limited by another written agreement, the right of the Company to terminate at will the Optionee's employment (whether by dismissal, discharge, retirement or otherwise) is specifically reserved.

 

           10. No Stockholder Rights.

 

Neither the Optionee, nor any person entitled to exercise the Optionee's rights in the event of the Optionee's death, shall have any of the rights and privileges of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, except to the extent that certificates   for such Shares shall have been issued upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 

            11. Cancellation or Amendment.

 

This grant may be canceled or amended by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that cancellation or amendment is necessary or advisable in light of any change after the Date of Grant in (a) the Code or the regulations issued thereunder or (b) any federal or state securities law or other law or regulation, which change by its term is effective retroactively to a date on or before the Date of Grant.

 

            12. Board Authority.

 

The Board shall have the right to interpret the option and to make factual determinations regarding this instrument and its decisions with respect thereto shall be conclusive upon any question arising hereunder.

 

          

 

 


 

            13. Assignment and Transfers

 

The rights and interests of the Optionee under this Stock Option Grant Agreement may not be sold, assigned, encumbered or otherwise transferred, except in the event of the death of the Optionee, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  In   the event of any attempt by the Optionee to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the Option or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy of any attachment, execution or similar process upon   the rights or interest hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Option by notice to the Optionee and the Option and all rights hereunder shall thereupon become null and void.

 

            14. Applicable Law.

 

The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this instrument shall be governed by   and determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

            15. Notice.

 

Any notice to the Company provided for in this instrument shall be addressed to it in care of the President of the Company, P. 0. Box 20405 ,   Lehigh Valley ,   PA   18002 - . 0405, or such other address specified by the Company or any successor thereto, and any notice to the Optionee shall be addressed to such Optionee at the current address shown on the payroll of the Company, or to such other address as the Optionee may designate to the Company in writing.  Any notice provided for hereunder shall be delivered by hand, sent by telecopy or telex or enclosed in a properly sealed envelope addressed as stated above and deposited, postage and registry fee prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

16. FDIC Provisions .

 

Optionee agrees and acknowledges that in accordance with FDIC regulations and guidelines,   Optinee may be required to exercise or forfeit this Option if the Company's capital falls below minimum capital requirements.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, EMBASSY BANCORP, INC. has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and attest this instrument, and the Optionee has placed his or her signature herein, effective as of the Date of the Grant.

 

Attest: EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.

 

 

_____________________________ By: _________________________________

 

         Accepted: ____________________________

             Optionee


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made and entered into this 19 th   day of November, 2010, by and among Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley ( hereinafter referred to as the “Bank” ), a bank organized and existing under the laws of Pennsylvania, and James R. Bartholomew  ( hereinafter referred to as the “Employee” ).

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has performed his duties in an efficient and capable manner; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank is desirous of retaining the services of the Employee; and

 

WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved the adoption of a Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as described in this Agreement (the “Plan”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Employee has been selected to participate in the Plan; and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee have been parties to a Supplemental Benefit Plan Agreement dated January 5, 2009 (the “Original Agreement”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Bank and the Employee desire to amend and restate the Original Agreement as set forth herein.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for value received and in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

a. The Bank hereby agrees with the Employee that the Employee may retire upon attaining age sixty-five (65), such age hereinafter being called the “Normal Retirement Age.”

 

b. Upon the Employee’s retirement on or after Normal Retirement Age, the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplementa l annual pension equal to $8 5,0 00, such amount being referred to herein as the “Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension,” payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

2. Early Retirement or Termination

 

a. If th e Employee retires or his or her employment with the Bank is otherwise terminated subsequent to attaining age sixty -two (62 ), but prior to attaining Normal Retirement Age, and the Employee had been actively employed by the Bank for at least ten (10) years, then the Bank shall pay the Employee a supplemental annual pension in the amount indicated on the


 

following schedule, payable in equal monthly installments and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years:

 

 

Age of Employee on Effective Date of Early Retirement or Termination

% of Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension

 

 

62

5 0%

 

 

63

6 0%

 

 

64

8 0%

 

 

65

100%

 

 

 

3. Death or Disability

 

a. Upon the death of the Employee while actively employed, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension, payable in equal monthly installments commencing on the first business day of the month following the month in which the Employee dies and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

b. Upon the death of the Employee while receiving any supplemental pension benefits as provided in this Agreement, the Bank shall pay to the Employee’s designated beneficiary the remaining payments which would have otherwise been due the Employee.

 

c. If the Employee becomes permanently “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, and ceases employment with the Bank as a result of such disability, the Employee will be treated as actively employed, for purposes of this Agreement, while such disability continues.  In such event, the Bank shall pay to the Employee the Normal Retirement Supplemental Pension in equal monthly installments commencing upon the Employee’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age and continuing for a period of fifteen (15) years.

 

d. If the Employee shall have failed to make an effective designation of beneficiary, or if the individual or individuals so designated shall die prior to receiving all payments required to made to them hereunder and there is no designated alternate beneficiary, then in such event the remaining payments shall be made first to the Employee’s surviving spouse, second the Employee’s surviving children, equally per stirpes if there is no surviving spouse, and finally to the estate of the Employee if there are neither a surviving spouse nor surviving children.

 

4. Assignment

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, it is understood that neither the Employee, nor any person designated by him pursuant to this Agreement, shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer or otherwise convey the right to receive payments to be made hereunder, which payments and the right thereto are expressly declared to be non-assignable and non-transferable.  If such assignment or transfer is attempted, the Bank may disregard it and continue to discharge its obligations hereunder as though such assignment or transfer were not attempted.


 

 

5. Independent Arrangement

 

The benefits payable under this Agreement shall be independent of, and in addition to, any other agreement which may exist from time to time between the parties hereto, or any other compensation payable by the Employee’s employer.  This Agreement shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the parties hereto, nor shall any provisions hereof restrict the right of the Employee’s employer to discharge the Employee or restrict the right of the Employee to terminate his or her employment.

 

6. Non-Trust or Fiduciary Obligation

 

a. The rights of the Employee under this Agreement and of any beneficiary of the Employee or of any other person who may acquire such rights shall be solely those of an unsecured creditor of the Bank.  Any insurance policy on the life of the Employee or any other asset acquired by the Bank in connection with the obligations assumed by it hereunder shall not be deemed to be held under any trust for the benefit of the Employee or his or her beneficiaries or to be security for the performance of the obligations of the Bank, but shall be, and remain, a general, unpledged, unrestricted asset of the Bank.

 

b. Nothing contained in the Agreement and no action taken pursuant to the provisions of the Agreement shall create or be construed to create a trust of any kind, or a fiduciary relationship between the Bank and the Employee or his or her beneficiaries.

 

7. Change of Control

 

a. If the Employee’s employment with the Bank is involuntarily terminated within two years after a “Change in Control” (as defined below) of the Employee’s employer, payment hereunder will commence immediately in an amount equal to the amount which would have been payable as though Employee retired from service with the Bank upon attaining Normal Retirement Age.

 

b. As used herein, the term “Change of Control” shall mean a change in the ownership or effective control applicable to the Bank or Embassy Bancorp, Inc., as described in Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(v) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

8. Arbitration

 

a. Any controversy or claim arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be settled by arbitration in accordance with Rules of the American Arbitration Association, and judgment upon the award rendered by an arbitrator may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

b. The parties hereby submit themselves and consent to the jurisdiction of the Courts of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and further consent that any process or notice of motion, or other application of the Court, or any Judge thereof, may be served outside the


 

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania by certified mail or by personal service provided that a reasonable time for appearance is allowed.  The arbitrators in any such controversy shall have no authority or power to modify or alter any express condition or provision of this Agreement or to render an award which has the effect of altering or modifying any express condition or provision hereof.

 

9. Miscellaneous Provisions

 

a. Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee is determined to be a “specified employee” (as defined in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended), payments to such Employee pursuant to this Agreement, other than payments qualifying as short term deferrals or an exempt separation pay arrangement under Section 409A , shall not begin earlier than the first day of the seventh month after the date of termination.   The Bank agrees to cause any and all amounts due under this Agreement, the payment or distribution of which is delayed pursuant to this Section 9(a) in accordance with Section 409A, to be paid or distributed in a single sum payment at the earliest permissible date under Section 409A.

For purposes of the foregoing, the date upon which a determination is made as to the Specified Employee status of the Employee, the “identification date” (as defined in Section 409A) shall be December 31.

 

b. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of any successor of the Bank and any such successor shall be deemed substituted for the Bank under the terms of this Agreement.

 

c. This instrument contains the entire Agreement of the parties.  It may be amended only by a writing signed by both of the parties hereto.

 

d. This Agreement shall be governed and construed in accordance with the law of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

e. The Bank intends in good faith that this plan comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.  To the extent any provision of this Agreement is deemed inconsistent with that section, said provision in hereby expunged and the Agreement shall be deemed amended to comply with said law and the Bank shall take such steps as to amend the Agreement so that it complies in form with Section 409A.


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have hereunto set their hands and seals, the Bank by it duly authorized officer, on the day and year first above written.

 

WITNESS:                    EMPLOYEE:

 

 

_ _/s/ Lynne M. Neel ___________ _ /s/ James R. Bartholomew _________

    James R. Bartholomew

 

 

ATTEST:                      EMBASSY BANK FOR THE LEHIGH VALLEY

 

 

_/s/ Judith A Hunsicker ________ By: _ /s/ David M. Lobach, Jr. ______

  Name: David M. Lobach, Jr.

  Title: CEO


EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.
OPTION PLAN

 

STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT

 

 

THIS STOCK OPTION GRANT AGREEMENT, dated as of ___________ __, _____ (the "Date of Grant"), is delivered by EMBASSY BANCORP, INC. (the "Company'), to _______________________________, (the "Optionee").

 

RECITALS

 

A. The Embassy Bancorp, Inc. Option Plan (the "Plan") provides for the grant of stock options to officers, employees and directors of the Company, to purchase shares of common stock of the Company, (the "Shares"), in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

B. The Board of Directors of the Company ( the "Board") has determined that it would be to the advantage and interest of the Company to make the grant provided for herein as an inducement for the Optionee to promote the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

 

1. Grant of Option .

 

Subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth, the Company hereby grants to the Optionee an option to purchase an aggregate number of Shares at the option price set forth below (the "Option"):

 

An Incentive Stock Option to purchase ________ Shares at an option price of $ ________ per Share based on the fair market value per Share on the Date of Grant, which shall be exercisable as provided in Paragraph 6 below.

 

2. Nature of Option .

 

The Option designated hereunder shall be an Incentive Stock Option intended to meet the requirements of section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code") and as interpreted by relevant rulings, regulations and other applicable authority. The Board of Directors of the Company (the "Board") shall administer the Plan, shall interpret and construe this Stock Option Grant Agreement in accordance with and pursuant to the terms of the Plan, and its decisions shall be conclusive as to any question arising hereunder.

 

In conformance with the foregoing, the Optionee understands and hereby acknowledges that in the event that the aggregate fair market value (determined at the time the Option is granted) of the Shares with respect to which incentive stock options granted after December 31, 1986, are exercisable for the first time by the Optionee during any calendar year (under all stock option plans


 

of the Company and its subsidiaries, if any) exceeds $100,000, then to the extent of excess, all or a portion of this Option shall (if and to the extent, required by section 422 of the Code) not be treated as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

    3. Restrictions on Exercise .

 

During the Optionee's lifetime, exercise of the option shall be solely by the Optionee and, after the Optionee's death, the Option shall be exercisable (subject to the limitations specified in the Plan) solely by the representatives of the Optionee, or by the person or persons who acquire the right to exercise the Option by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, to the extent that the Option is then exercisable pursuant to the provisions of Paragraphs 5 and 6 below.

 

4. Exercise Procedures .

 

Subject to the exercise provisions below, the Optionee may exercise the Option with respect to all or a portion of the Option. The Optionee may exercise the Option by giving the President of the Company written notice of intent to exercise in the manner provided in Paragraph 15 hereof.  Such notice shall specify the number of Shares as to which this Option is to be exercised and shall be accompanied by the applicable exercise price (i) in cash or personal check, which shall be accepted subject to collection in the ordinary course, (ii) with the approval of the Board, by delivering Shares already owned by the Optionee having a fair market value on the date of exercise equal to the option price, or (in) with a combination of cash, check or Shares.

 

The obligation of the Company to deliver Shares upon such exercise of the Option shall be subject to all applicable Federal and State laws, rules, regulations and such approvals by governmental agencies as may be deemed appropriate by the Board, including, among other things, such steps as Company counsel shall deem necessary or appropriate to comply with relevant securities laws and regulations. The Board, as it deems appropriate, shall have the right to impose restrictions on the resale or transfer of Shares received upon the exercise of the Option, to comply with any applicable state or Federal securities laws. All obligations of the Company hereunder shall be subject to the rights of the Company or any of its subsidiaries as set forth in the Plan to withhold amounts required to be withheld for any taxes. If the Optionee fails to accept delivery of, or to pay for, any of the Shares specified in such notice upon tender of delivery thereof, the Optionee's right to purchase such undelivered Shares may be terminated, at the sole discretion of the Board. The date that notice of an election to exercise is received by the Company shall be deemed the date of exercise hereunder.

 

5. Term of Option .

 

The Option granted hereunder shall have a term of nine (9) years from the Date of Grant and shall terminate at the expiration of that period, unless it is terminated at an earlier date pursuant to the further provisions of this Stock Option Grant Agreement. 

 

The Option shall automatically terminate prior to the expiration of the option term upon the happening of certain events, specified in the Plan including (i) the expiration of the period beginning on the date the Optionee terminates employment with the Company for any reason other than death


 

or termination for cause and ending sixty days after such termination; (ii) the expiration of the six month period after the Optionee terminates employment with the Company on account of death, or (iii) the date of the Optionee's employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries is terminated for cause by the Company, as determined by the Board in accordance with the Company's personnel policy.

 

6. Vesting of Option.

 

The Option shall become exercisable in ________ installments according to the schedule set forth below:

 

Date Shares

 

 

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Option shall become fully exercisable upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (as defined in Section 9 of the Plan).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Option shall not become exercisable after the Option is terminated as provided in Paragraph 5 above.

 

NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS SET FORTE HEREIN OR IN THE PLAN, IF THE OPTIONEE SHALL CEASE TO BE AN EMPLOYEE OF THE COMPANY ON ACCOUNT OF TERMINATION FOR CAUSE, AS DETERMINED BY THE BOARD IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE COMPANY'S PERSONNEL POLICY AS IN EFFECT BEFORE ANY CHANGE IN CONTROL OF THE COMPANY, THE UNEXERCISED PORTION OF THE OPTION AND ANY AND ALL RIGHTS HEREUNDER SHALL IMMEDIATELY TERMINATE AND BE VOID.

 

7. R ight of First Refusal .  

 

In the event that the Optionee exercises the Option and the Optionee, or the Optionee's personal representative or beneficiary, wishes to sell, encumber or otherwise dispose of any or all of the Shares so acquired, either at the time of exercise or thereafter, the Optionee (or personal representative or beneficiary) must offer to sell the Shares to the Company by giving the Company written notice disclosing: (a) the name(s) of the proposed transferee of the Shares; (b) the certificate number and number of Shares proposed to be transferred or encumbered; (c) the proposed price; and (d) all other terms of the proposed transfer. Within fourteen ( 14 ) days after receipt of such notice, the Company shall have the option to purchase all or part of such Shares. If the Company decides to exercise this option, the purchase price of the Shares shall be the lesser of the proposed sale price or the fair market value of the Shares (as defined in Section 5(b) of the Plan) on the date the written notice is received by the Board.

 

In the event the Company does not exercise the option to purchase the Shares, as provided above, the Optionee shall have the right to sell or otherwise dispose of the Shares on the terms of the transfer set forth in the written notice to the Company, provided such transfer is effected within


 

fifteen (15) days after the expiration of the Company's option period. If the transfer is not effected within such period the Company must again be given an option to purchase, as provided above .

 

8. Grant Subject to Plan Provisions .

 

This grant is made pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the terms of which are incorporated herein by reference, and shall in all respects be interpreted in accordance therewith. The granting and exercise of the Option are subject to the provisions of the Plan and to interpretations, regulations and determinations concerning the Plan established from tie to time by the Board in   accordance with the provisions of   the Plan, including, but not limited to, provisions pertaining to (a) rights and obligations with respect to withholding taxes, (b) the registration, qualification or listing of the Shares, (c) capital or other changes of the company and (d) other requirements of applicable law. A complete copy of the Plan will be provided to the Optionee upon request.

 

9. No Rights to Employment .

 

Neither the granting of the Option nor any other action taken with respect to the Option or the Plan shall confer upon the Optionee any right to continue as an employee of the Company or any of its subsidiaries or interfere in any way with the right of the Company to terminate the Optionee's employment with the Company or any of its subsidiaries at any time. Except as may be otherwise limited by another written agreement, the right of the Company to terminate at will the Optionee's employment (whether by dismissal, discharge, retirement or otherwise) is specifically reserved.

 

10. No Stockholder Rights .

 

Neither the Optionee, nor any person entitled to exercise the Optionee's rights in the event of the Optionee's death, shall have any of the rights and privileges of a stockholder with respect to the Shares subject to the Option, except to the extent that certificates for such Shares shall have been issued upon the exercise of the Option as provided herein.

 

11. Cancellation or Amendment .

 

This grant may be canceled or amended by the Board, in whole or in part, at any time if the Board determines, in its sole discretion, that cancellation or amendment is necessary or advisable in light of any change after the Date of Grant in (a) the Code or the regulations issued thereunder or (b) any federal or state securities law or other law or regulation, which change by its term is effective retroactively to a date on or before the Date of Grant.

 

12. Board Authority .

 

The Board shall have the right to interpret the option and to make factual determinations regarding this instrument and its decisions with respect thereto shall be conclusive upon any question arising hereunder.

 

 


 

           13. Assignment and Transfers

 

The rights and interests of the Optionee under this Stock Option Grant Agreement may not be sold, assigned, encumbered or otherwise transferred, except in the event of the death of the Optionee, by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. In the event of any attempt by the Optionee to alienate, assign, pledge, hypothecate, or otherwise dispose of the Option or any right hereunder, except as provided for herein, or in the event of the levy of any attachment, execution or similar process upon the rights or interest hereby conferred, the Company may terminate the Option by notice to the Optionee and the Option and all rights hereunder shall thereupon become null and void.

 

14. Applicable Law .

 

The validity, construction, interpretation and effect of this instrument shall be governed by and determined in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania .

 

15. Notice .

 

Any notice to the Company provided for in this instrument shall be addressed to it in care of the President of the Company, P. 0. Box 20405 ,   Lehigh Valley ,   PA   18002-0405 , or such other address specified by the Company or any successor thereto, and any notice to the Optionee shall be   addressed to such Optionee at the current address shown on the payroll of the Company, or to such other address as the Optionee may designate to the Company in writing. Any notice provided for hereunder shall be delivered by hand, sent by telecopy or telex or enclosed in a properly sealed envelope addressed as stated above and deposited, postage and registry fee prepaid, in a post office or branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Postal Service.

 

16. FDIC Provisions .

 

Optionee agrees and acknowledges that in accordance with FDIC regulations and guidelines, Optinee may be required to exercise or forfeit this Option if the Company's capital falls below minimum capital requirements.

 

I N WITNESS WHEREOF, EMBASSY BANCORP, INC. has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and attest this instrument, and the Optionee has placed his or her signature herein, effective as of the Date of the Grant.

 

Attest: EMBASSY BANCORP, INC.

 

__________________________       By: _______________________________

 

 

 

           Accepted: ______________________________

                    Optionee


Exhibit 21.1

 

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

 

1.  Embassy Bank for the Lehigh Valley, Bethlehem, Pennsylvania; a state-chartered bank organized under Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965.


Exhibit 23.1

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

 

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Forms S-8 (Nos. 333-165015 and 333-169018) and S-3 (No. 333-182189) of Embassy Bancorp, I nc. of our report dated March 30 , 201 6 , relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

/s/ Baker Tilly Virchow Krause, LLP                                

 

Allentown, Pennsylvania

March 30, 201 6


EXHIBIT 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, David M. Lobach, Jr., certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Embassy Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this  report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of  the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal  control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)   I evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

 

 

David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

DATED: March 30 , 201 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION

 

I, Judith A. Hunsicker, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Embassy Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report.

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this  report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of  the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal  control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)  Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant is made known to us by others, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)  Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)   I evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)    Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors:

(a)  All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)  Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

 

 

Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating

 

 

 

 

Officer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

DATED: March 30 , 201 6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


EXHIBIT 32.1

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. 1350 and

Section 906 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

 

 

We hereby certify that the foregoing Form 10-K of Embassy Bancorp, Inc. for the year ended December 31, 201 5 complies in all respects with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained therein fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of Embassy Bancorp, Inc.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

David M. Lobach, Jr.

 

 

Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

Judith A. Hunsicker

 

 

Senior Executive Vice President, Chief Operating

 

 

Officer, Secretary and Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

 

 

DATED: March 30 , 201 6